SCWL Season 4 Episodes 1 – Whatever

Search for the corresponding number to the episode you wish to view. Enjoy!

4.05 Cast Assessment

4.1 SCWL 4 Episode 1

4.2 SCWL 4 Episode 2

4.3 SCWL 4 Episode 3

4.4 SCWL 4 Episode 4

4.5 SCWL 4 Episode 5

4.6 SCWL 4 Episode 6

4.7 SCWL 4 Episode 7

4.05 SCWL 4 CAST ASSESSMENT

**This was typed out a few hours before Opening Day.**

Is it time already for me to do another one of these things? In about six hours this game will kick off with Opening Day.

Before I head into specific contestants, I’ll say generally that there is one way to sum up this cast: Awesome. Thanks to much recruiting from the past winners of this series, I think this is the strongest and most active cast we have assembled.

This is a complete 180 from last season. Last season we had two quitters, one grounded, one ejected, one playing in two out of the last ten challenges, and end-game players who only sent in one or two confessionals the whole game.

If I had to predict I will say none of the above will occur in this game. In less than two days the number of players to send in confessionals already exceeds the number of people who sent in confessionals last season in the post-merge phase. Truly phenomenal. Plus I’m at school rather than work, which means I can check in on things more frequently despite being far busier. When I was working during season 3, I had more availability, but it was all in a streak rather than mini spurts over a 24 hour period. So quick responses will be easier this season.

Another big thing to notice is that there are virtually zero newbies. However, not too many of these players are major veterans. So it probably regresses between seasons 1 and 3 in terms of player experience. It won’t be like season 2 where newbies finish in six of the top eight positions. Sorry.

VINCENT CHAVARRIA

He expressed interest in season 3, but came to me too late. This season he was the first applicant. However, he withdrew that application in hopes of making himself available for SurviveWar All Stars. About one week before the game he changed his mind and re-instated his application.

My hope for Vincent is that he has both feet firmly planted into this game. I think they are, but Vincent could be indecisive and not be really sure what he wants to do in this game. I could see it backfiring in terms of alliances. Something tells me Vincent won’t excel in this group. It’s too competitive. Too high of calibur. Look for Vincent to be a late pre-merge boot.

ANNE CURTIS

Anne. . .I’m a bit surprised she signed up, to be completely honest. She is perhaps one of the more complicated people in this game. I know Anne is a religious person and stands by it firmly. I’m curious if she strictly aligns herself with those who share the same beliefs as her, or if she will go above and beyond and develop a working relationship with each person in this game.

I haven’t observed Anne too much in ORGs, but my impression is that she follows someone in a very loyal manner. That person likely has stronger allies, and when it comes to Final Four or five, I see Anne being cut loose. I personally don’t see Anne winning this game, but I’m hoping she proves me wrong.

HEERAL DESAI

Much like David Racine, Heeral won her first ORG that she played. She led a newbies alliance much in the same manner that David did sans Noah.

In these past few months, Heeral’s activity in the ORG world probably exceeds that of KJ. Her name is everywhere, and she has done so well that she is stuck being voted out first many times. All simply due to reputation and how much she stands out.

I don’t think Heeral will be first out. The field is too competitive to have anyone specifically be branded as the biggest threat. It’s a similar mood to Heroes vs. Villains where there is a sea of threats. As Helio Gracie said in the early days of MMA, everyone is the same size in the swimming pool. Terrible expression, but I think this can be applied to Heeral. The only way Heeral goes home first is if she fails to adapt. Plain and simple.

LUKE EVERITT

If memory serves me correct, he was the last one to finish qualifying to make it into the cast. Those who are last to do qualifying don’t typically do too well in this game. With very little information to go on, I’ll say Luke is the first one I predict who will not win. On the flip side, I think he will be like Ryan Flynn or Marcelo where he can fly under the radar to be the Last of the Mohicans in an alliance that goes into the merge in the minority. In the majority, there is a strong possibility he finishes third.

JASON FYKE

One of the names that isn’t really associated with many of the people in this cast. Yet I believe Jason has more Survivor wins than anybody in this cast. Believe it or not, I’ve been hunting down Jason to play since season two. I finally picked him up for this season with the help of Kim. So here he sits.

I’m not sure how Jason will fare with this group. He’s a big question mark for me. Jason is a quiet strategist. That leads people to keep their eye on him due to pure suspicion that he must be up to something. In the past, I usually see Jason go within the first few rounds because he spearheads an alliance and an alliance on the opposing side targets him. I know so because I allied with him and the same situation occurred. Luckily I fended for myself and let Jason be the sacrifical lamb.

What am I blabberin’ about? Oh yeah. Jason is mysterious. From my perspective, he should try to stick with an alliance, be brutally honest to the opposite side, and let himself be a prime person take to the Final Two. At the end he can talk his game up a bit more, and a jury will respect a sneaky brutal game played by Jason as opposed to if others pulled it off. For instance, if a bright and bubly person like Neleh Dennis plays a sneaky game, nobody votes for her because they’ll assume she is fake. But if it’s Vecepia, everyone will feel it is the true you and that the jury themselves feel like they should have known better because it’s been your modus operandi all along.

Jason will be either in the bottom four or the top four. I don’t sense middle ground from him.

BRIAN GRIFFIN

I could be thinking about somebody else, but for some reason I thought he is known for a relatively off the wall personality. Maybe he’ll be eighth or ninth? Out near the beginning? Something tells me Brian won’t be as immersed as others, or catch on to all the various relationships within this game that it will be impossible for him to advance to that crucial end-game. I will not be surprised if Brian is first out like Jim Read, but I wouldn’t be surprised if he scrapes his way into the jury.

UMUT GUNDOGDU

Umut was the replacement player who should have replaced Nick last season. He applied the day applications closed, and since eighteen qualified, he was on the waiting list. Nick quit so early that I almost wanted to bring in Umut as a replacement to salvage the incident. Unfortunately, you can’t do that on Survivor. It’s why we have Melissa McNulty in Survivor history.

I’m stoked we have Umut now. He was likely the only person who could have fully put a stop to Kim last season. That showdown didn’t happen, but luckily we have him here. He will have more fun regardless because this is a more competitve group, granted far more familiar faces for him. I see Umut being his usual aggressive self. Perhaps the biggest villain of the season. The guy never plays a quiet game until the end when the jury disregards him half the time. However, his strategy does earn him the odd win.

The fact this series will ALWAYS (ALWAYS ALWAYS ALWAYS) have a Final Two will help Umut. He only needs to find one person who will be more hated than him rather than two. It’s what destroyed him in a game where I won immunity for the last three rounds in a row and Umut was stuck with me at Final Three. Umut will never live that one down. :)

I won’t say Umut has the highest odds of anyone to win this game, but I think he has the highest odds of anyone to be in the Final Two. I’m curious to see how Umut plays from a hosting perspective rather than as a fellow competitor. He has a tendency to make some unorthodox aggressive moves in a Shyam sense.

ANGIE HANCOCK

She likes cookies.

At least that joke will still be fresh when these blogs are posted (the Cookies TC was in the most recent episode of Survivor: Philippines).

Angie. . .I don’t know. She seems to be fairly sharp with the game and will be active. Much of this game will rely being picked to be on the stronger tribe, and I wouldn’t be surprised if Angie is a beneficiary of that. However, if she’s picked to be on the losing tribe, she’ll be gone quickly. I don’t think she is the type who can rally being down 8-3 or 7-4 to take back the game and earn the W.

If her tribe wins more challenges than the other, she’ll be Final Four. If her tribe loses more challenges than the other, I guarantee she’ll be booted pre-merge.

RENEE HIGLEY

I’ve only played one ORG since September of 2011. In that ORG my closest ally was Renee. We blindsided a bunch of people. How did we do it? Renee had a ton of working relationships. She’ll talk to anyone and everyone to get what she wants. Where Renee needs to improve and why she lost that game is because she trusted her day 1 partner too much. I didn’t make an alliance with her until after the merge, and the only thing stopping us from being Final Two is because she was too loyal to her original ally who displayed many signs that he would not stay intact.

If Renee gets caught with her hand in Angie Layton’s cookie jar, she won’t be able to squirm out of it. On the other hand, if Renee positions herself between the most oblivious sides, I sense her being very powerful in this game. She could have what it takes to win this game and have a dominant performance. I’d be stoked for a Renee victory because I sense how it will be done, but I won’t be surprised if she overplays her hand.

She won’t be first out. Wherever she finishes will be on her own terms like Matt Stairs going down swinging in baseball.

MATT HOOD

He won his first three ORGs in a row on Facebook. Let that sink in. Three consecutive victories. Like Bob Dawg, he was first in everything he did. The thing is that his strategy didn’t seem too elaborate. Stick to a loyal group, do well in challenges, keep ‘em loyal, maintain your initial Final Two deal, win the game. That’s how we do it up in the Hood.

As you can likely guess, by around ORG 4 or 5, Matt Hood was on everyone’s radar. Nobody was going to let him touch victory. I have a feeling we could see the same thing here.

However, Matt sent me an interesting confessional. He tells me he intends to have a game that incorporates a lot more deception than what he is accustomed to implementing. I’m curious if that will send Matt home quicker because everyone will be talking to each other and keep tabs on this ORG champion, or if everyone assumes he is trustworthy and think they are free to dump him at 5 or 6 only to find out Matt has contingency plans like he’s Stephen Saunders or Victor Drazen.

Strong candidate to be out early, though.

RYAN HUCKLA

If I had 100 points to distribute who I thought would be first voted out, Ryan would receive about 75 of those points from me. He talked about backstabbing everyone in his application and proclaiming they will be his puppets. What this tells me is that Ryan will be caught very early in this group of highly skilled players. The guy needs to fade into the background as the titans battle it out. Unfortunately, I’m afraid Huckla will set himself up to be someone who the titans can’t invest any faith in him and send him packing. Right out of the gate.

MARK KALZER

Again, if I had 100 points to distribute who I thought would not win this game, Mark would receive 99 of those points from me. He was the absolute first to apply, but one of the last to do the questionnaire. That is a big gap from when you were in a Survivor mood to when the game commences. As Opening Day is hours away, Mark has sent me messages over the past couple days and posted in the main group that will come off pessimistic to the other contestants. I have not observed him syncing well with this group. In fact multiple players have already sent in confessionals that detail Mark not being the easiest to talk to. If there is anyone who I would guess finishes 12th, 13th, or 14thish range, this is the most probable area for Mark to finish.

GEROME LATUMBO

He rallied to win SurviveWar. An ORG hero. I talked to Gerome pre-game, and he comes off very likeable. Gerome will go far into this game. My Spider senses indicate he will be targeted once we are down to five or six, but luckily he is capable of winning immunity to get himself into the Final Two. He is friendly, personable, and active. I doubt he could falter socially which is crucial pre-merge. If villains like you on a personal level, they are willing to grant you a reprieve over their despised enemies. Gerome will make top seven without many bumps, but after that he needs to start scrambling. Although I wouldn’t be surprised if the knives will be thrusted into his ribs unconditionally at that point.

ANDREW MACASKILL

I was just researching Andrew’s age because I could’ve sworn he was sixteen. I was going to write about he is the youngest contestant this season, blah blah blah, young people never do well in this series, blah blah blah. Turns out Andrew is 25. In most seasons being 25 would place you as the top six contestants for highest age, but this season it easily puts you in bottom nine. If I recall, we have three 19 year olds, a couple 20 year olds, one 21 year old, and then maybe the odd one or two who are 23. There goes what I was going to say for this write-up.

I’ll be honest. I know zilch regarding Andrew. I’m re-reading his app to get a read from him. He’s a friend of Lister’s it says here. Andrew appears to be very picky with his ORGs like I am. Hmmmm. Upon reading it, I feel like we could see a very Earl Cole-like game from him. He seems very straightforward in his answers, does well at elaborating, and therefore will be able to create relationships. I think he gets it. Andrew is a strong contender for the end-game.

Of course this is off of little information.

ANGIE MACNEIL

Super duper talkative. Nobody else in this game talked to me more pre-season than Angie. In fact, Angie was very close to applying for my game, but if I read between the lines, she was committed to one of Brett Bower’s games. I assumed so anyway because I nearly played in that myself. She kept teasing me that she may or may not apply. A few days before this game started, she sent in her app.

She was nominated for Best Confessionalist alongside Lister for season 2 of my series, and I can understand why she was nominated. Three confessionals sent in before Opening Day has occurred. It will be a travesty if she does not make the merge. Her tribe will need to be Ulong’d or Supa’d for her not to make merge.

Will she win? Nah. Her threat level will be too high once we are at the nitty gritty of the game. However, Macneil will be virtually unopposed to making the jury phase. She’s going to need a heck of a game to advance beyond that point.

JESSICA NICOLE

She signed up with Clayton Spivey. Something tells me her and Anne could easily follow around Clayton to the end of the game. However, I don’t think Clayton will have that easy of a time. If I were any of the others who are apart of the PoS group, I’d sniff out that Clayton will have a couple of his fans in this game. If this is discovered, a tribe may find Clayton too valuable to eliminate and will settle for ousting Jessica. I could be wrong and Jessica may not associate with Clayton whatsoever, but I’d bet she does. She’ll either sink with the ship or swim with it. Her and Clayton need to start spinning people’s in circles to cover up this coalition. They need to be proactive because my guess is that people will have their eyes on Clayton and Co. from day one. The option of fading and letting conflict arise cannot occur because Clayton will be viewed as a titan.

Wherever Jessica finishes, it will be within two rounds of where Clayton finishes. That’s my prediction.

CLAYTON SPIVEY

In terms of offbeat ORG Survivor series, the triad would likely be myself, Mervin and Karl, then Clayton to round out the list. I don’t know why Clayton’s series couldn’t get applications in the past, but eh, it happens.

My first interaction with Clayton was when season one alumni Scott Grensted and Survivor: Nicaragua contestant Shannon Elkins held a trivia contest to win an Elkins autograph in the weeks leading up to Nicaragua’s airing. I aced the trivia quiz and Clayton finished a few points behind me. So Clayton is fairly high up there in terms of his Survivor fandom. Not as much as me though. :P

But seriously, Clayton and I are on different ends of the spectrum for how we view Survivor, I believe. I think politically we’re pretty far apart too. Luckily American political beliefs don’t (and shouldn’t) enter Survivor, and the only politics that matter are the types that let you foster relationships with other ORG players and allow yourself to do what is necessary to be in the winner’s circle. I think Clayton must have a gameplan otherwise he wouldn’t have applied. I believe I tried rounding up Clayton for seasons two and three, but he was too busy. Hopefully his schedule is indeed freed up. If that’s the case, Clayton will be playing this game very hard. Much like Renee, I wouldn’t be shocked if Clayton is booted for overplaying his hand. I’m curious how long Clayton will be dormant before he starts making his moves. Because it will happen. It’s only a matter of when.

RAZ VAN DAN

**I should note that this was done before I knew there were multiple Dragus. I essentially mixed up Raz with Andrei. So pretty much what you see below is what I would’ve put for Andrei. And I should also note that I was a fringe observer of what happened in the situation, so I didn’t have all of the facts at the time.**

I don’t know what to make of this guy. He fights with others, people like him, people hate him, he has been ejected for disorderly conduct, but he has also won for his own efforts.

So how do I predict someone like that? He’s only been announced as a cast member for a little over 24 hours and he’s already on my case. I have a feeling it will be a long road with Raz from a hosting perspective this season. I imagine he is going to squeeze me for every advantage possible. Too bad that ain’t gonna happen.

18: HUCKLA
17: MARK
16: FYKE
15: ANGIE HANCOCK
14: JESSICA
13: RAZZY
12: CLAYTON
11: MATT
10: HEERAL
9: LUKE
8: BRIAN
7: GEROME
6: ANNE
5: MACNEIL
4: VINCENT
3: UMUT
2: RENEE
1: ANDREW

4.1 SCWL 4: Episode 1

October 1 – October 7 2012

Records: Most active opening round; earliest elimination of a captain; closest opening TC vote where all members vote; all eighteen present during the two hour block of Opening Day in some capacity.

Tribes: Upsa and Land (Coo combinations have all been used)

Rewards: Umut and Clayton are captains and given final idol clue; Macneil receives info about picking jury number; Heeral receives Phil Keoghan note; Heeral and Macneil receive individual immunity; Ryan and Vincent receive Mutiny Triggers; Jessica receives hidden individual immunity idol

Opening Day Challenge: Vote for a Captain!

Players cast two votes for who they want to be captain.

Tiebreaker for Opening Day Challenge: Rock-Paper-Scissors between Macneil and Clayton that changes how the whole season plays out and another tie between Heeral and Brian.

Individual Immunity Challenge: Coconut Chop

Winner receives individual immunity.

“Loser” receives Mutiny Trigger.

Winners: Heeral and MacNeil

Losers: Ryan and Vincent

Tribal Immunity Challenge I: Tribal Encryption

General Notes: Easy encryption where most players need to participate. Mind game with the tiebreaker

Winner: Land.

Raz was the first one to post a shirtless picture of himself right?: No, it was actually Umut. For once.

I thought MacNeil would wait until episode two to post her first video: Nope. Sorry, bud. Take a drink.

I bet nobody else will post a video: Renee posted one too. Survivor music played in background et al. Take another drink.

How Many References to Pop Culture based on People’s Names Did Logan Use During the Pick Em: Not as much as other seasons, but still enough.

Tribal Council #1: Umut voted out 5-4 against Razzy.

Past Votes Tracker: Razzy (4)

ORDER PLAYERS WERE PICKED

UPSA

UMUT GUNDOGDU
ANGIE MACNEIL
GEROME LATUMBO
RAZ VAN DAN
RENEE HIGLEY
VINCENT CHAVARRIA
ANGIE HANCOCK (Renee’s pick)
BRIAN GRIFFIN (Renee’s pick)
MARK KALZER

LAND

CLAYTON SPIVEY
JESSICA NICOLE
HEERAL DESAI
ANNE CURTIS (Jess’ pick)
MATT HOOD
ANDREW MACASKILL
LUKE EVERITT
RYAN HUCKLA
JASON FYKE

NOTES FOR ALL OPENING DAY REWARDS

REWARDS

Congratulations, you have received information concerning the final immunity idol of this game.

Unlike the past four seasons, this is not a puzzle.

To retrieve the final idol: Be the first one to cast a rogue vote at two Tribal Councils.

That means when you are at Tribal Council, you must vote be the only vote for whichever player you voted against. Hence why it’s ‘rogue’.

NOTE: If multiple people accomplish this goal in the same round, it will be whoever is first to three rogue votes. And so on and so forth.

P.S. This will be announced to your tribe following the completion of your tribe’s first Tribal Council.

Congratulations! You finished third in the opening challenge.

Your reward is the following:

Once it is down to twelve players, you will decide whether the jury starts with eleven players remaining or if nine players are remaining.

If you are voted out before twelve players remain, this item will be removed from the game. Instead, everyone will vote on this decision when eleven players remain.

Congratulations! You finished fourth in the opening challenge!

Your reward is as follows:

It’s Phil Keoghan in a Bottle. When twelve players remain, Phil Keoghan will reveal himself and force an ultimatum upon you.

If you’re eliminated before twelve players remain, this reward will be handed over to the next highest placing contestant in the opening challenge.

ELECTION VOTES IN OPENING CHALLENGE

MARK: Clayton and Angie Macneil
JASON: Umut and Heeral
RENEE: Raz and Umut
LUKE: Brian and Angie Macneil
HEERAL: Jessica and Matt
ANDREW: Clayton and Heeral
BRIAN: Luke and Heeral
CLAYTON: Jessica and Brian
RAZ: Umut and Andrew
MATT: Andrew and Luke
JESSICA: Brian and Clayton
ANGIE H: Umut and Macneil
ANGIE M: Umut and Clayton
UMUT: Angie MacNeil and Angie Hancock

COCONUT CHOP

FIRST ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS VINCENT.
RENEE CHOPS VINCENT.
MARK CHOPS UMUT.
VINCENT CHOPS GEROME.
ANGIE CHOPS VINCENT.
BRIAN CHOPS ANGIE.
GEROME CHOPS VINCENT.
RAZ CHOPS VINCENT.
UMUT CHOPS VINCENT.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 5 MARK – 5 VINCENT – OUT ANGIE – 4 BRIAN – 5 GEROME – 5 RAZ – 5 UMUT – 4

SECOND ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS VINCENT.
RENEE CHOPS GEROME.
MARK CHOPS UMUT.
VINCENT CHOPS GEROME.X
ANGIE CHOPS GEROME.
BRIAN CHOPS GEROME.
GEROME CHOPS VINCENT.
RAZ CHOPS GEROME.
UMUT CHOPS GEROME.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 5 MARK – 5 VINCENT – OUT ANGIE – 4 BRIAN – 5 GEROME – OUT RAZ – 5 UMUT – 3

THIRD ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS VINCENT.
RENEE CHOPS VINCENT.
MARK CHOPS GEROME.
VINCENT CHOPS GEROME.X
ANGIE CHOPS VINCENT.
BRIAN CHOPS RAZ.
GEROME CHOPS VINCENT.X
RAZ CHOPS MARK.
UMUT CHOPS VINCENT.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 5 MARK – 4 VINCENT – BLUDGEONED ANGIE – 4 BRIAN – 5 GEROME – OUT RAZ – 4 UMUT – 3

FOURTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS VINCENT.
RENEE CHOPS GEROME.
MARK CHOPS ANGIE.
VINCENT CHOPS GEROME.X
ANGIE CHOPS GEROME.
BRIAN CHOPS ANGIE.
GEROME CHOPS VINCENT.X
RAZ CHOPS BRIAN.
UMUT CHOPS GEROME.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 5 MARK – 4 VINCENT – BLUDGEONED ANGIE – 2 BRIAN – 4 GEROME – OUT RAZ – 4 UMUT – 3

FIFTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS GEROME.
RENEE CHOPS UMUT.
MARK CHOPS GEROME.
VINCENT CHOPS GEROME.X
ANGIE CHOPS BRIAN.
BRIAN CHOPS VINCENT.
GEROME CHOPS VINCENT.X
RAZ CHOPS UMUT.
UMUT CHOPS MARK.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 5 MARK – 3 VINCENT – BLUDGEONED ANGIE – 2 BRIAN – 3 GEROME – ALSO BLUDGEONED RAZ – 4 UMUT – 1

SIXTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS GEROME.
RENEE CHOPS GEROME.
MARK CHOPS ANGIE.
VINCENT CHOPS BRIAN.X
ANGIE CHOPS MARK.
BRIAN CHOPS GEROME.
GEROME CHOPS MARK.X
RAZ CHOPS ANGIE.
UMUT CHOPS BRIAN.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 5 MARK – 1 VINCENT – BLUDGEONED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – 2 GEROME ALSO BLUDGEONED RAZ – 4 UMUT – 1

SEVENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS GEROME.
RENEE CHOPS VINCENT.
MARK CHOPS RAZ.
VINCENT CHOPS BRIAN.X
ANGIE CHOPS MACNEIL.X
BRIAN CHOPS UMUT.
GEROME CHOPS MARK.X
RAZ CHOPS RENEE.
UMUT CHOPS ANGIE.

MACNEIL – 5 RENEE – 4 MARK – OUT VINCENT – MUTILATED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – 2 GEROME – BLUDGEONED RAZ – 3 UMUT – OUT

EIGHTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS GEROME.
RENEE CHOPS BRIAN.
MARK CHOPS MACNEIL.X
VINCENT CHOPS BRIAN.X
ANGIE CHOPS RAZ.X
BRIAN CHOPS RENEE.
GEROME CHOPS MARK.X
RAZ CHOPS MACNEIL.
UMUT CHOPS RAZ.X

MACNEIL – 4 RENEE – 3 MARK – OUT VINCENT – MUTILATED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – 1 GEROME – BLUDGEONED RAZ – 3 UMUT – OUT

NINTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS MARK.
RENEE CHOPS MARK.
MARK CHOPS VINCENT.X
VINCENT CHOPS BRIAN.X
ANGIE CHOPS RENEE.X
BRIAN CHOPS RAZ.
GEROME CHOPS MARK.X
RAZ CHOPS VINCENT.
UMUT CHOPS RENEE.X

MACNEIL – 4 RENEE – 3 MARK – OUT VINCENT – MUTILATED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – 1 GEROME – BLUDGEONED RAZ – 2 UMUT – OUT

TENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS MARK.
RENEE CHOPS MARK.
MARK CHOPS RENEE.X
VINCENT CHOPS MARK.X
ANGIE CHOPS UMUT.X
BRIAN CHOPS MARK.
GEROME CHOPS MARK.X
RAZ CHOPS GEROME.
UMUT CHOPS MACNEIL.X

MACNEIL – 4 RENEE – 3 MARK – OUT VINCENT – MUTILATED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – 1 GEROME – BLUDGEONED RAZ – 2 UMUT – OUT

ELEVENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS BRIAN.
RENEE CHOPS BRIAN.
MARK CHOPS RAZ.X
VINCENT CHOPS MARK.X
ANGIE CHOPS MARK.X
BRIAN CHOPS MACNEIL.
GEROME CHOPS BRIAN.X
RAZ CHOPS MARK.
UMUT CHOPS BRIAN.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3 MARK – OUT VINCENT – MUTILATED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – OUT GEROME – BLUDGEONED RAZ – 2 UMUT – OUT

TWELFTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS BRIAN.
RENEE CHOPS BRIAN.
MARK CHOPS GEROME.X
VINCENT CHOPS MARK.X
ANGIE CHOPS BRIAN.X
BRIAN CHOPS GEROME.X
GEROME CHOPS BRIAN.X
RAZ CHOPS BRIAN.
UMUT CHOPS MARK.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3 MARK – OUT VINCENT – MUTILATED ANGIE – OUT BRIAN – OUT GEROME – BLUDGEONED RAZ – 2 UMUT – OUT

THIRTEENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS RAZ.
RENEE CHOPS UMUT.
MARK CHOPS ANGIE.X
VINCENT CHOPS MARK.X
ANGIE CHOPS RENEE.X
BRIAN CHOPS RAZ.X
GEROME CHOPS BRIAN.X
RAZ CHOPS UMUT.
UMUT CHOPS RENEE.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3 RAZ – 1

FOURTEENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS RAZ.
RENEE CHOPS ANGIE.
MARK CHOPS VINCENT.X
VINCENT CHOPS MARK.X
ANGIE CHOPS MACNEIL.X
BRIAN CHOPS VINCENT.X
GEROME CHOPS BRIAN.X
RAZ CHOPS ANGIE.
UMUT CHOPS MACNEIL.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3 RAZ – OUT

FIFTEENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS UMUT.
RENEE CHOPS ANGIE.
MARK CHOPS BRIAN.X
VINCENT CHOPS UMUT.X
ANGIE CHOPS UMUT.X
BRIAN CHOPS ANGIE.X
GEROME CHOPS BRIAN.X
RAZ CHOPS VINCENT.X
UMUT CHOPS RAZ.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3

SIXTEENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS UMUT.
RENEE CHOPS RAZ.
MARK CHOPS RAZ.X
VINCENT CHOPS UMUT.X
ANGIE CHOPS RAZ.X
BRIAN CHOPS UMUT.X
GEROME CHOPS ANGIE.X
RAZ CHOPS GEROME.X
UMUT CHOPS ANGIE.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3

SEVENTEENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS ANGIE.
RENEE CHOPS RAZ.
MARK CHOPS GEROME.X
VINCENT CHOPS UMUT.X
ANGIE CHOPS GEROME.X
BRIAN CHOPS RENEE.X
GEROME CHOPS ANGIE.X
RAZ CHOPS MARK.X
UMUT CHOPS VINCENT.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3

EIGHTEENTH ROUND

MACNEIL CHOPS ANGIE.
RENEE CHOPS MARK.
MARK CHOPS MACNEIL.X
VINCENT CHOPS UMUT.X
ANGIE CHOPS VINCENT.X
BRIAN CHOPS MARK.X
GEROME CHOPS ANGIE.X
RAZ CHOPS BRIAN.X
UMUT CHOPS VINCENT.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 3

NINETEENTH ROUND

ANGIE CHOPS RENEE.
RENEE CHOPS ANGIE.
MARK CHOPS ANGIE.X
VINCENT CHOPS UMUT.X
ANGIE CHOPS GEROME.X
BRIAN CHOPS GEROME.X
GEROME CHOPS ANGIE.X
RAZ CHOPS VINCENT.X
UMUT CHOPS GEROME.X

MACNEIL – 3 RENEE – 2. Finally!

FINAL ROUND

ANGIE CHOPS RENEE.
RENEE CHOPS MACNEIL.
MARK CHOPS BRIAN.X
VINCENT MISCOUNTED AND MUST HAVE THOUGHT HE CHOPPED TWENTY ALREADY. IT DOESN’T MATTER ANYWAY BECAUSE HE WAS DEAD IN THIS CHALLENGE AN ASTOUNDING NINETEEN ROUNDS AGO. YEAH. WE CAN ASSUME HE WOULD’VE CHOPPED UMUT THOUGH.X
ANGIE CHOPS VINCENT.X
BRIAN CHOPS MACNEIL.X
GEROME CHOPS ANGIE.X
RAZ CHOPS GEROME.X
UMUT CHOPS GEROME.X

MACNEIL – 2 RENEE – 1

**We swing back to the next active chop in the nineteenth round**

MACNEIL CHOPS RENEE.
RENEE CHOPS ANGIE.

MACNEIL – 2 RENEE – OUT

MACNEIL WINS INDIVIDUAL IMMUNITY! Guaranteed a one-in-seventeen shot of winning this game! Hmmm. Doesn’t sound that dramatic when I put it like that.

I said there would be a brand new item debuting this game after the challenge.

In the past three seasons, I have always offered a mutiny at the start of round five. I thought I’d switch things up this season.

Vincent, you finished dead last in this challenge. Since you appear to be in the worst position due to being first ousted from the challenge, you have been awarded the Mutiny Trigger. That means at any point in the game pre-merge you can announce to use the Mutiny Trigger. The game will freeze for 24 hours. In that 24 hours, everyone will have the option to mutiny to the opposing tribe.

This item can only be used once. So choose wisely.

For the other seven of you — I got nothin’. Tribal immunity challenge will be posted a few hours from now. I’ll see you then.

FIRST ROUND

LUKE CHOPS RYAN.
MATT CHOPS CLAYTON.
HEERAL CHOPS ANNE.
CLAYTON CHOPS JESSICA.
JESSICA CHOPS JASON.
ANDREW CHOPS CLAYTON.
JASON CHOPS CLAYTON.
RYAN CHOPS ANDREW.
ANNE CHOPS LUKE.

LUKE – 4 MATT – 5 HEERAL – 5 CLAYTON – 2 JESSICA – 4 ANDREW – 4 JASON – 4 RYAN – 4 ANNE – 4

SECOND ROUND

LUKE CHOPS RYAN.
MATT CHOPS RYAN.
HEERAL CHOPS JASON.
CLAYTON CHOPS ANDREW.
JESSICA CHOPS ANNE.
ANDREW CHOPS RYAN.
JASON CHOPS RYAN.
RYAN CHOPS ANNE.
ANNE CHOPS JASON.

LUKE – 4 MATT – 5 HEERAL – 5 CLAYTON – 2 JESSICA – 4 ANDREW – 3 JASON – 2 RYAN – OUT ANNE – 2

THIRD ROUND

LUKE CHOPS RYAN.
MATT CHOPS JASON.
HEERAL CHOPS RYAN.
CLAYTON CHOPS JASON.
JESSICA CHOPS ANDREW.
ANDREW CHOPS JESSICA.
JASON CHOPS MATT.
RYAN CHOPS CLAYTON.X
ANNE CHOPS HEERAL.

LUKE – 4 MATT – 4 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – 1 JESSICA – 3 ANDREW – 2 JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – 2

FOURTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS JASON.
MATT CHOPS LUKE.
HEERAL CHOPS JESSICA.
CLAYTON CHOPS RYAN.
JESSICA CHOPS CLAYTON.
ANDREW CHOPS ANNE.
ANDREW CHOPS ANNE.
JASON CHOPS LUKE.X
RYAN CHOPS JESSICA.X
ANNE CHOPS JESSICA.

LUKE – 2 MATT – 4 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 2 ANDREW – 2 JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

FIFTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS JASON.
MATT CHOPS ANDREW.
HEERAL CHOPS MATT.
CLAYTON CHOPS ANNE.X
JESSICA CHOPS MATT.
ANDREW CHOPS MATT.
JASON CHOPS ANDREW.X
RYAN CHOPS LUKE.X
ANNE CHOPS ANDREW.X

LUKE – 2 MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 2 ANDREW – 1 JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

SIXTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS JASON.
MATT CHOPS ANNE.
HEERAL CHOPS ANDREW.
CLAYTON CHOPS LUKE.X
JESSICA CHOPS RYAN.
ANDREW CHOPS LUKE.
JASON CHOPS ANNE.X
RYAN CHOPS JASON.X
ANNE CHOPS MATT.X

LUKE – 1 MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 2 ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

SEVENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS ANNE.
MATT CHOPS JESSICA.
HEERAL CHOPS LUKE.
CLAYTON CHOPS MATT.X
JESSICA CHOPS LUKE.
ANDREW CHOPS JASON.X
JASON CHOPS JESSICA.X
RYAN CHOPS MATT.X
ANNE CHOPS CLAYTON.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 1 ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

EIGHT ROUND

LUKE CHOPS ANNE.X
MATT CHOPS CLAYTON.
HEERAL CHOPS CLAYTON.
CLAYTON CHOPS JESSICA.X
JESSICA CHOPS JASON.
ANDREW CHOPS CLAYTON.X
JASON CHOPS CLAYTON.X
RYAN CHOPS ANDREW.X
ANNE CHOPS ANDREW.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 1 ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

NINTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS ANNE.X
MATT CHOPS RYAN.
HEERAL CHOPS ANNE.
CLAYTON CHOPS MATT.X
JESSICA CHOPS ANDREW.
ANDREW CHOPS RYAN.X
JASON CHOPS RYAN.X
RYAN CHOPS ANNE.X
ANNE CHOPS HEERAL.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 1 ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

TENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS MATT.X
MATT CHOPS JASON.
HEERAL CHOPS JASON.
CLAYTON CHOPS LUKE.X
JESSICA CHOPS CLAYTON.
ANDREW CHOPS JESSICA.X
JASON CHOPS MATT.X
RYAN CHOPS CLAYTON.X
ANNE CHOPS HEERAL.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 1 ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

ELEVENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS MATT.X
MATT CHOPS LUKE.
HEERAL CHOPS RYAN.
CLAYTON CHOPS ANNE.X
JESSICA CHOPS ANNE.
ANDREW CHOPS ANNE.X
JASON CHOPS LUKE.X
RYAN CHOPS JESSICA.X
ANNE CHOPS MATT.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – 1 ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

TWELFTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS MATT.X
MATT CHOPS ANDREW.
HEERAL CHOPS JESSICA.
CLAYTON CHOPS RYAN.X
JESSICA CHOPS LUKE.
ANDREW CHOPS MATT.X
JASON CHOPS ANDREW.X
RYAN CHOPS LUKE.X
ANNE CHOPS LUKE.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – 1 HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – OUT ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

THIRTEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS CLAYTON.X
MATT CHOPS ANNE.
HEERAL CHOPS MATT.
CLAYTON CHOPS JASON.X
JESSICA CHOPS MATT.X
ANDREW CHOPS LUKE.X
JASON CHOPS ANNE.X
RYAN CHOPS JASON.X
ANNE CHOPS ANDREW.X

LUKE – OUT MATT – OUT HEERAL – 4 CLAYTON – OUT JESSICA – OUT ANDREW – OUT JASON – OUT RYAN – OUT ANNE – OUT

Heeral wins individual immunity and is guaranteed a one-in-seventeen shot of winning this game! Well, sounds a bit too dramatic when I put it that way.

Here are the remaining rounds in case anyone is curious:

FOURTEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS CLAYTON
MATT CHOPS JESSICA.
HEERAL CHOPS ANDREW.
CLAYTON CHOPS ANDREW.
JESSICA CHOPS RYAN.
ANDREW CHOPS JASON.
JASON CHOPS JESSICA.
RYAN CHOPS MATT.
ANNE CHOPS CLAYTON.

FIFTEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS CLAYTON
MATT CHOPS CLAYTON.
HEERAL CHOPS LUKE.
CLAYTON CHOPS ANNE.
JESSICA CHOPS JASON.
ANDREW CHOPS CLAYTON.
JASON CHOPS CLAYTON.
RYAN CHOPS MATT.
ANNE CHOPS JASON.

SIXTEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS JESSICA.
MATT CHOPS RYAN.
HEERAL CHOPS CLAYTON.
CLAYTON CHOPS RYAN.
JESSICA CHOPS ANDREW.
ANDREW CHOPS RYAN.
JASON CHOPS RYAN.
RYAN CHOPS MATT.
ANNE CHOPS JESSICA.

SEVENTEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS JESSICA.
MATT CHOPS JASON.
HEERAL CHOPS ANNE.
CLAYTON CHOPS MATT.
JESSICA CHOPS CLAYTON.
ANDREW CHOPS JESSICA.
JASON CHOPS MATT.
RYAN CHOPS MATT.
ANNE CHOPS JASON.

EIGHTEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS JESSICA.
MATT CHOPS LUKE.
HEERAL CHOPS JASON.
CLAYTON CHOPS LUKE.
JESSICA CHOPS RYAN.
ANDREW CHOPS ANNE.
JASON CHOPS LUKE.
RYAN CHOPS HEERAL.
ANNE CHOPS ANDREW.

NINETEENTH ROUND

LUKE CHOPS ANDREW.
MATT CHOPS ANDREW.
HEERAL CHOPS RYAN.
CLAYTON CHOPS JESSICA.
JESSICA CHOPS LUKE.
ANDREW CHOPS MATT.
JASON CHOPS ANDREW.
RYAN CHOPS HEERAL.
ANNE CHOPS JESSICA.

FINAL ROUND

LUKE CHOPS ANDREW.
MATT CHOPS ANNE.
HEERAL CHOPS JESSICA.
CLAYTON CHOPS ANDREW.
JESSICA CHOPS ANNE.
ANDREW CHOPS LUKE.
JASON CHOPS ANNE.
RYAN CHOPS HEERAL.
ANNE CHOPS LUKE.

I said there would be a brand new item debuting this game after the challenge.

In the past three seasons, I have always offered a mutiny at the start of round five. I thought I’d switch things up this season.

Ryan, you finished dead last in this challenge. Since you appear to be in the worst position due to being first ousted from the challenge, you have been awarded the Mutiny Trigger. That means at any point in the game pre-merge you can announce to use the Mutiny Trigger. The game will freeze for 24 hours. In that 24 hours, everyone will have the option to mutiny to the opposing tribe.

This item can only be used once. So choose wisely.

For the other seven of you — I got nothin’. Tribal immunity challenge will be posted a few hours from now. I’ll see you then.

EPISODE ONE BLOG

Before I discuss the season premiere, I’d like to take a moment to cover a few basic pre-season notes.

1) Upon the conclusion of SCWL 3, there was a series of accusations made that Jonas, Elmo, and Silver were all aliases of well-known ORG players. In fact, one of the aliases was accused of being Noah from last season. Someone playing back-to-back in a series where returning players are banned unless there is a specific theme is a major no-no. I can see the temptation being there because I don’t have real life connections to most of these players and don’t get involved with the cliques, thus reducing my chances of catching an alias.

So at the end of SCWL 3, I handed out a survey to players from SCWL 1 and 2 about their experiences in the game and to give feedback. One of the questions was how to deal with aliases. Mervin, the winner of SCWL 1 and SurviveWar host, informed me that the pre-season torch pictures submitted by contestants serve as a way to prevent identity fraud.

I didn’t want to force people to submit a photo to be used widespread in the games. That always made me uncomfortable in past ORGs when my picture was displayed, so I was adamant that the pre-season photo for each player would never be released. No point alienating a group of people who want an authentic online experience. And it added a barrier to ensure that people who wanted to be in this ORG were serious about it rather than the practice of some players who want to be guaranteed a spot whenever they sign up for an ORG and quit the ones they think they can’t win. The goal for SCWL is to ensure we have the most competitive field possible.

2) We had our largest application pool to date. Usually I hover around 20 players and get down to my final cast of 18 after the Qualifying Questionnaire. On top of that, someone drops out about six hours prior (or after) the game has started, leading me to find a 21st player. That’s what has happened in SCWL 1, 2, and 3.

So how many signed up for SCWL 4? Twenty-five people. Amazing, I know. However, seven of them never answered the Qualifying Questionnaire. The good news for them is that if they apply for SCWL 5 and complete the Qualifying Questionnaire, they’ll be guaranteed a spot. I received complaints once the cast was announced from applicants who didn’t do the Qualifying Questionnaire. Perhaps I need to be clearer on the difference between the application and Qualifying Questionnaire. Who knows.

3) Usually I release the cast list once the Opening Day challenge begins. I have never released it any earlier than that. Sure, players leak to each other who has been confirmed, but there is always a chunk of players who remain a mystery. This season I thought to switch things up by sending out the cast list with 24 hours notice.

Why did I do it?

I was curious if it would change anything.

Did it change anything?

In the long run, no. In the short term it certainly created a level of paranoia and alliance contingencies being formed to set up for post-merge. It probably contributed to some of the post-merge flops that could occur. Lastly, I was being sent confessionals hours before Opening Day even began.

OPENING DAY SHATTERS RECORD

Holy crap. If you dig through the group, you will see that SCWL 3 had six participants show up for Opening Day. One third of the cast played while one third showed up late or ignored the challenge and the remaining one third were absent. I recall delaying the Opening Day challenge by ten minutes because only four had shown up on time. Tina making fun of me for delaying a challenge after saying “the challenge will PROMPTLY begin at 7″ will stick with me forever.

To see fourteen out of eighteen sign in for SCWL 4 is unbelievable. It’s the inverse of SCWL 3. A couple people showed up a couple minutes late but were still able to participate. Then one forgot to play despite showing up, and the remaining one showed up far too late. I doubt this attendance record will be broken ever again. We had all eighteen be online in the same time and space. In a game that spreads from west coast to east coast to Europe to Australia to Philippines to South America is unbelievable.

Welcome to 2012 (although today is New Year’s Day so welcome to 2013).

What was it like hosting for eighteen people plus alumni simultaneously? Fun and hectic. I had eleven conversation windows open at once. I don’t think I have reached that high even as a contestant at the first TC of a pre-merge or post-merge vote. And I bet everybody else’s inboxes were equally flooded. It’s what makes Opening Day so enjoyable for me. The event happens only three times per year because of the intensity and effort but it is memorable and worthwhile for it to be a lone standing tradition from the prequel season.

WHY VOTE ON CAPTAINS

I had a similar twist planned in season two of my Survivor fanfic. Having an impromptu Tribal Council vote on Opening Day where power is elected has been something that has intrigued me for a while. Survivor: Samoa did something similar, but it was weak and meant virtually nothing in the grand scheme of things.

Yesterday I found my pre-game twist and challenge notes. In the margins I kept scratching out whether a player would vote for one or two people to be captain. This was because I didn’t know how many people would show up to cast votes. If only six showed up like in SCWL 3, then yes, I absolutely need two votes per person. But if all eighteen show up, then thirty-six voted would take really long to tally.

I went with two votes. Then fourteen people show up.  Because ORGers have the shortest attention span of any creatures on the planet, I knew that being as efficient and accurate with counting the votes was critical. If there was a miscount it would be the world’s ugliest ‘what if’ in SCWL history, but if I took too long then everyone would be impatient and sign off before the tribal pick ‘em.

I am proud to take nine minutes to count up twenty-eight votes, verify, and answer about ten different messages while I was counting. I believe I was eating sweet potato fries at the time too.

UMUT AND CLAYTON ELECTED

Not surprised. Umut and Clayton seem to be the most intense players in the game, and their movement to socialize with every player in the game no doubt led to the undesired captain roles. MacNeil was tied with Clayton so everyone viewed her as a co-captain. It’s a bit amusing to think MacNeil and Umut could have been on opposing tribes if all she did was win a game of Rock, Paper, Scissors against Clayton. Then Clayton wouldn’t have a captain’s role.

If anything influenced the outcome of the game, it may have been this lone game of Ro-Sham-Bo.

If MacNeil had to go to Tribal Council on Opening Day, she would have been voted out. Her Facebook froze numerous times during the tiebreaker that she couldn’t send me a message for ten minutes. In the meantime, everyone was bombarding me and getting angry about the whole ordeal. Poor MacNeil. I can’t imagine how frantic she was to choose “rock,” “paper,” or “scissors”.

Everyone on the sidelines screaming “It’s not rocket science!” in a Dave Cruser fashion was rather amusing. Not for MacNeil, but it was for me.

I should note that because there are two Angies in this game that one had to be called by a nickname or last name.

WHY MACNEIL

Because it is the name of the President of Earth from Futurama prior to Richard M. Nixon, and is the name of Single Female Lawyer. “Bring me MacNeil!” And MacNeil sounds very official and bureaucratic. There are too many dirty minds in the ORG world to call a player “Hancock” every round.

BACK TO THE CAPTAINS

Oh yeah. Captains never win in my series. We had four captains in the prequel, and two captains per season ever since. 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 17th, 7th, 17th, 3rd, 10th, and 9th. A very ugly track record. Aren’t these supposed to be the most competitive and strategic people? Or is a ‘captain’ role the creator of such a big target that they are bound to fall?

I had a feeling Umut could use the captain role to his advantage. I had a feeling Clayton would crumble under the pressure. Suddenly MacNeil is under the rader. Captains never win, and winners never captain.

That’s not a typo.

WHY REWARDS FOR THIRD AND FOURTH

Eh. Last season I did some random thing where the last person remaining in the Opening Day challenge that didn’t win a round at the end of the challenge but was not eliminated either would receive the Medallion of Power, while the highest ranking captain handed out a reward.

This season I made things easier by going with the next two highest vote getters. Heeral and Brian tied, so they played for who got the last reward. Why did the jury reward go to third and the merge reward go to fourth? Because the jury reward could be used to impact the game in a greater way than slightly altering when a merge takes place. Tribes never merge even in ORGs so what’s the big deal between 9 vs. 3 and 9 vs. 2 compared to 7 jurors casting votes or 9 jurors who could sway the outcome.

I bet MacNeil and Heeral would have liked to trade after the fact.

THE INSANELY ACTIVE CAST

Both camps blew up. Luckily I had a Coconut Chop challenge planned. Usually people are worn out at the end of Opening Day, or people want a one day breather before doing anything else. Luckily they were socializing so much that alliance building needed a full days’ work before the dreaded Coconut Chop.

I have  a policy where I don’t have a Coconut Chop post-merge unless it’s the twist in SCWL 2 where an additional immunity challenge follows before Tribal Council to make things fair. In the offseason I thought it would be great to do it in the opening round as the individual challenge, thus not dictating who goes to Tribal Council.

And the results were fascinating.

Upsa was ridiculously active and competitive. Everyone schemed and slanted the table to decide who would be first and who would be last. I hinted at an additional reward so people would be on their toes even more. Plus I hate giving out rewards after the opening round.

I don’t want to say Land was less competitive, but their level of ferocity compared to Upsa was much lower. They were subdued. The only conflict that occurred was between Jason and Heeral. Speaking of which. . .

JASON VERSUS HEERAL

I predicted a repeat of PJ’s Survivor. As soon as Jason spoke out against Heeral and calling her names was bound to send him out the door first. I was expecting Land to throw the first challenge or not try that hard just so they could boot Jason. It’s fine to bury a player if they have a bad reputation or on a tribe with people who are begging to get her out, but Land’s dynamic was too kind and generous.

Passive is probably the word I’m looking for. Everyone was fine with picking a number between 1 and 100, and leaving Papa Hood with the trust and responsibility. So what if Matt rigs the number? All it does is guarantee someone safety for one round, and you can lie to others later on saying that Heeral is his alliance and use this incident as fabricated proof.

Yeah, that’s what I would have done.

But Jason misread the group. His only hope was if a counter alliance against Heeral was formed, and people knew Jason could be used in addition to being an apparent goat. However, a goat marked on round one is very rare unless they are strong in challenges. Unfortunately Jason was the quietest of the bunch. He was in trouble.

COCONUT CHOP

Matt’s magic number was 33, and everyone trusted him it was right. So Heeral would get first, and everyone promised not to chop any of Heeral’s coconuts. Heeral easily wins immunity, and Ryan finishes last to earn the Mutiny Trigger.

MUTINY TRIGGER

I’ve had this twist in my mind for a while. It was just a matter of the logistics for it, and maximize its odds of being used. I figured handing it out to the last place finisher in a Coconut Chop challenge would, in effect, be handing the person lowest on the totem pole the chance to head to the other side in the early rounds of the game.

I predicted at least one being used. SCWL 3 is the only season where all players blatantly refused to mutiny. Things would likely be so jumbled up on both tribes after a Coconut Chop that everyone would be questioning their own position.

But if everyone is questioning their own position, doesn’t that mean nothing is solidified at your own camp and that you have wiggle room to improve your position? That was the downside to handing out this Mutiny Trigger.

ANNE SCREWS UP

During Coconut Chop, everyone on Land including Jason agreed to not target Heeral to honour the numbers game and give Heeral immunity.

.

.

.

So why the heck did Anne chop Heeral?! Even Jason honoured the deal. Judging by what everyone said at camp and in confessionals, the first person out may no longer be Jason. Anne is on the ropes. Nobody thought Anne was doing this intentionally which made it worse for her. Her alliance mates now had to worry about Anne going rogue at whim rather than reason. Unpredictable allies typically send them home early. Regardless of their good intentions.

“If I was judged by my intentions, I’d be the president of the planet.” — Shane Powers

At this point I wrote Anne off at having any chance of winning. She was unaware people were targeting her, or what exactly transpired, and I don’t think she would have been awarded any credit if she makes Final Two.

UPSA’S CHOP

MacNeil won individual immunity. Being at the forefront of the tribe led everyone to look at her as a leader/target. I doubt people even remembered Umut being the original captain.  Upsa members must be worried that MacNeil is coming off too aggressive and knowing full well that she is forming these relationships with everyone.

I could see MacNeil going home second on Upsa. Right after Mark. But of course, Upsa has to lose. And given how many videos, pictures, chats, confessionals, strategy sessions, but an overall commitment to do well in challenges leads to what I thought would be an unbeatable tribe.

Upsa’s worst members could defeat half of Land’s players, in my mind. Time will tell if I’m proven wrong. The only uspet I could see is penalty idols sabotaging Upsa’s efforts to win challenges. It is their only obstacle.

VINCE EARNS MUTINY TRIGGER

Thanks to a seven-person alliance on Upsa, everybody assumed I wouldn’t give a prize to fifth or sixth so they ensured Brian and Mark would be chopped away at that point. Vince would take the early fall and everyone else could battle for the necklace.

THE TRUTH

Up until the challenge I debated whether to have the Mutiny Trigger offered to fifth or to last. I knew people would likely think that last may earn an item, but I also knew people would know I am aware that people would attempt that.

It was really psychological warfare between myself, Umut, and Raz.

STARTING RIGHT BEFORE CANUCK THANKSGIVING NOT A WISE IDEA

Yeah. October 1st as a start date? In SCWL 1 I had to slow down the game due to Canuck Thanksgiving. Why ruin the momentum after what happened in SCWL 3 where Canada Day and Independence Day stretched out the round by an extra few days? Luckily all of the Canucks proved to be so active in the opening round that I didn’t worry about a significant long weekend delay. But I’ll never start a game in early October ever again.

I CAN’T DISTINGUISH BETWEEN A THIRD OF LAND

Andrew, Ryan, and Luke were all very quiet. Half the time I was afraid to receive a message from them in the opening round because I was scared I would forget which one of them is the RHAPPERS alliance or which one I want to pressure to send in more confessionals. I didn’t want to screw up and reveal a private piece of info. I tried to hang back and be confident to know who was who.

That first round was dang impossible.

THE FLAW WITH THE CAPTAIN’S IDOL VERSUS PERCENTAGES

As compensation for being labeled as captains, not only did Umut and Clayton have first pick of who joined their tribe, but they were given a secret note regarding the final hidden immunity idol.

In the past, the final idol is always a puzzle that does not get solved until post-merge. Usually one genius per season solves it (Mervin, Brian, Eric), and puts us close to nobody claiming the idol. So any season in the future may not have an idol claimed if no geniuses remain in the cast post-merge. An idol that isn’t claimed? That ain’t fun.

So I thought a rogue idol would be neat. It’s simple, new, and adds a whole layer to Tribal Council strategy. Do you eliminate your desired target or do you claim the idol? The first to two rogue votes claims it.

About three days after Opening Day, I realized the flaw. Somebody could intentionally throw the first two challenges, claim the idol, and affectively block anybody from the opposing tribe of claiming the idol. In other words, a player earns the tribe earns an advantage by throwing tribal immunity? That’s just silly.

I should have said ‘whoever has two rogue votes after both tribes have visited Tribal Council twice/thrice’ receives the final idol. Silly me. Maybe next season that will be fixed.

MARK AND BRIAN SCREWED ON UPSA THANKS TO 7-PERSON ALLIANCE

Mark and Brian were pissed by tribal configurations, no doubt. A clear 7-person SurviveWar alliance against two people who do not have those same connections. Land has a similar alliance where only Andrew, Jason, and to a certain extent Matt are on the outside.

I never took these alliances seriously. Why? Because they’re so dang big. Rarely anyone consents to a 7-person alliance to the end. Or rather, all seven people don’t hold to a seven person alliance. It’s tough to check in with everybody, make them comfortable, and ensure your round one instincts about them last until round eleven or twelve, and a tribe rarely merges with seven people on their tribe. Those alliances have no choice but to be flexible due to inactivity, challenge losses, personalities emerging, and greediness.

The only true alliances appeared to be within the pairs and trios spread throughout the game. I predicted this would lead to a wild rollercoaster of Tribal Councils. Nothing is stable. It’s not a case last season where it was split between Bijo vs. Kim and Newbies vs. Veterans on the tribes.

PREVIOUS ALUMNI COMPLAIN ABOUT PRE-GAME ALLIANCES

In the past, my seasons typically recruit a chunk of newbies to the ORG world. Not the case this season. Nobody is a newbie. This is in constrast to SCWL 2 where half the cast were playing for the first time mixed in with a few sophomores. Everyone here had similar social circles when it came to ORGs.

Oddly enough, I wasn’t worried about it. Pre-game alliance pairs in the past rarely do well, and tend to crumble early. I predicted the same to happen here.

Most of the alumni cheered for Land because Upsa had 7/9 people from the exact same games and knew each other extremely well. They wanted players more spread out on Land to do well. But even on Land, a mutual love for Rob Cesternino bonded the tribe.

Ten years later and your legacy still holds out strong.

UPSA CHANNELS JEE, ROBERT, AND JUSTIN TO CALL THEMSELVES THE DREAM TEAM

It was everywhere on their group page. Who is Kobe? Who is Lebron? Jee? Robert? Justin? How did I mix USA basketball with Big Brother 4? Either way, Upsa believed they were unbeatable.

But as always, penalty idols get in the way. Because Raz and Umut both requested penalty idols, neither of them got it this round and significantly dropped their score in the immunity challenge.

ENCRYPTION CHALLENGE

An encryption is always a first round tradition too. I decided to go with an easier one but have zero clues with it. Both tribes solved it quickly. I swear these tribes are much better at encryptions than players of the past. I can remember the SCWL 1 encryption needing ten hints and 55 minutes for Darian to occupy the second necklace.

This season the easier encryption AND special instructions led to Land finishing this challenge in less than thirty minutes. On top of that, Upsa took two hours. The tiebreaker came down to a prediction of the captains. It was their final duty of the game. Clayton was smarter with his guess and Land triggered the upset win. Nobody thought Land would win the opening tribal immunity. The Dream Team was crushed and it was only round one.

In addition. . .

JESSICA HAS THE IDOL

Everyone RHAPPERS agreed on a rotation of who would request the penalty idol. This was to facilitate trust and pick up the idol, according to Clayton. Plus it was an indirect way to know there was a traitor in the group (mainly to oust Jason) if the assigned penalizer didn’t receive the idol. Lucky for Jessica, Jason didn’t request it and Jessica has the idol. Then she shared it with Clayton. There goes her power, but she gains trust in the process too.

So Clayton has an idol, the clue for the final idol, captain’s role, tribal immunity, and a tribe fully trusting him. And he ordered Jessica not to replace it with a fake idol to ensure nobody else on the tribe would claim it, play it, then distrust everyone on the tribe. Curious move. Typically people forget about the fake idol rather than do it intentionally. You’re no fun. I remember the good old days with Apus when they had FOUR fake idols claimed in a row.

Are you trying to be Kim 2.0? I didn’t expect it to happen two seasons in a row.

Meanwhile Raz and Umut are no doubt going mad trying to figure out who blocked them from receiving power.

WHY THE CRAZY VOTE

I really don’t know. Everything blew up. Personally I think equilibrium was induced. The position of everyone in the tribe was made known, therefore everyone had to change their target to who they thought is now the biggest threat. Suddenly Mark and Brian go from dead men walking to possessing all of the power in the world. They decide which titan goes home–Raz or Umut. What the heck? Craziest thing is MacNeil would be gone if she hadn’t won Coconut Chop.

Imagine that. MacNeil as first boot. Everyone would be stunned. It is tough to fathom that happening, but it’s true.

I think it was ultimately a battle of Umut and sidekick MacNeil versus Raz and sidekick Angie. The Eastern European/Eurasian and a female companion named Angie. What an odd way for it to break down. So the other five had to pick a side. They split right down the middle producing a 5-4 vote. It’s the closest opening round vote we’ve had besides the prequel where it was a 2-1-1-1 (4 self-votes) vote. Everyone voting and having it 5-4 is ridiculous.

Although the first round of SCWL 3 was 5-3-1, and was supposed to be 5-4, so it’s not too crazy anymore. Everyone likes five-person alliances. Which they should in a tribe of nine, I suppose.

UMUT’S FIRST ROUND ELIMINATION IS MOST SHOCKING FIRST BOOT OF ALL-TIME

A captain booted one round. And unlike Kevin, Umut didn’t even fall inactive. He was equally active as the rest of the chaos on Upsa. Did Mark and Brian do anything in particular to be saved or was the Umut-Raz rivalry so intense that it triggered a polarization of the group? I don’t know.

But I do know that Umut, somebody was supposed to be in SCWL for the past six months, is booted in the opening round of playing the game.

HOW THIS SMOKES SCWL 3 SEASON PREMIERE IN SO MANY WAYS

– Nobody quit.

– Everyone showed up to Opening Day.

– Roughly half of the players sent in confessionals.

– People talk to their own tribemates

– First tribal immunity challenge is close

– All players actively strategizing

– The first round is one week as opposed to almost two weeks

– Nobody complained

– New twists introduced that ultimately work out

– Happier contestants

– Lauren wasn’t around to delay the game by three days by refusing to vote

– All players vote at the first Tribal Council

– Erases the rough and wicked SCWL 3 finale.

– Sixteen of the remaining seventeen players can still win this game.

.

.

.

Oh, please. I still love Anne. I do feel bad that she had such a tough time getting momentum in this game despite being as active as anybody else. This ORG is not known for being easy by any means.

THE FIRST EXPERIMENT WITH THE FANTASY SCWL POOL BEGINS

One of the main criticisms during the off-season is that viewers and alumni felt alienated from what was going on in the game. I thought a fantasy pool would be neat because I haven’t seen any other ORGs do it. I didn’t expect the fantasy pool to go smoothly, and I assure you this season is an experiment to see how it could work. I decided to let them play for points using Gordon Holmes’ power rankings system.

My biggest regret is not creating a group thread so it would be much easier for everyone to remember and for me to keep track of power ranking due dates. That will be the biggest change for SCWL 5.

Plus I was considering having viewers submitting an optional TC question that a player at TC would have to answer publicly. It would be reminiscent of the questions players receive on the couch during the Big Brother live shows. I’m curious on the feedback for this idea.

ONE ROUND AND MY PRE-GAME PREDICTION IS ALREADY PROVEN WRONG

Dammit Umut. I’m going to lose my own fantasy pool at this rate.

ANDREW,

My votes are for Clayton Spivey & Heeral Desai

ANGIE,

I vote for Umut and Angie M.

BRIAN,

I vote for Luke Everitt as captain

Heeral

CLAYTON,

Day 1: well the games beginning. These first couple days are crucial. Which makes them nerve wracking yet exciting. I havnt talked game or made alliances with anyone. Well I take that back. I had pre-existing relationships with a couple that I gravitated towards right away. Me and Jess are locked of course since we signed up together. While I don’t like making alliances or talking game with players quickly I needed to with heeral. We have a relatively recent rocky relationship. So I needed to capitalize on it fast to solidify our relationship landed on the good side of it in this game. So I needed her to see me as open and up front. Cause last game we played together that’s what made her backdoor me. Cause I was to careful of what I said. Sometimes some vulnerability helps I think. And Anne. If Anne is anything she is impressionable. If u get her fast you have her forever. She is loyal to a fault. We have a POS connection so I reached out immediately ( I also heard she had a minor crush on me so that helps). While people underestimate her she is one hell of a worker bee. Like no other. She works her ass off in team challenges whether its good strategy for her or not. What do these three have in common? I hosted them all in my survivor series. So I have some extra insight into their unfiltered game. I know u can’t always trust heeral but one of those u want with u and not against u.

Those r the only three I have made any semblance of loyalty to. But right now is the time for ground work. I want to get to know everyone. I’ve talked to many of them just as a welcoming thing. Ad got in some interesting convos to make sure I’m in their mind when they think of making alliances. I won’t be the person who they just vote out cause they don’t know them.

Here is my initial opinions on each of my fellow castaways personally and strategically:

Vincent: I like the kid. He heard of my hosting through mere, Karl, and eamon so that was an instant connection and it started a friendly convo. It seemed like the awkward time where we both wait for the other to cave into asking for an alliance. Def an option

Anne: as I said above. Loyal to a fault. Nab her fast nab her for good.worker bee. Hosted her so I have seen her game

Heeral: i have to do something if she is in the game. So I don’t trust her since she backdoored me so….. Fake it till we both come to realize we r good for each others game.

Luke: I talked to him in the obligatory welcome way. I feel this fostered an opportunity to keep me as an option for him. As long as I’m an option for him I’m fine. Seems like a nice kid but hard to gauge his play. May fall into the glitzy overplaying thing if he is a young male.

Fyke: heeral has a connection to him which I’m unsure of. Se made a point to demonize him which makes me think she is hiding him. Either way I would prefer him be on the opposing tribe cause I don’t want him as a variable early game.

Brian: shoot me in the face, never liked the dude. He gives me the creeps. He targeted Jess in this BB game and that’s not good. He hates heeral and if I want heeral as an option that’s not good. Personally I’m praying for him to be on the other tribe. I don’t want to many variables that can go wrong. And he can

Umut: I get a good vibe. Another I had friendly convo with so I’m keeping him in mind. He tried to downplay his survivewar win but it doesn’t bother me. He is good I know. But seems level headed. I don’t like irrational players. I can predict rational players and their moves. I want umut on my tribe. If I can reason with you I like u

Angie H: huh? Why do we have two Angie’s. lol. Oh well. Both seem pleasant. I see her as a none factor. Take her or leave her. By those people turn out to be the swings so I won’t discount anyone yet.

Angie M: I like her. Her personality seems luminescent. But not to blinding. I like her attitude and wouldn’t mind having that presence on my tribe. I like working with older women in ORGs also. It’s sorta my MO. To work with women in general.

Raz: Anne says watch Angie m and him. I believe her. But if I have Anne and Jess at my hip another pair is good. It makes them feel like they have someone to fall back on which fosters comfort with the alliance. Raz and me also had a nice convo about our location, his language and out names and meaning. Groundwork for an amicable relationship is good in the event of a school yard pick.

Renee: Who? Lol. I honestly don’t have an opinion. We shall see.

Matt Hood: Urgh… Heeral heeral heeral. From what I have seen. U don’t need a Bunch of whores on ur tribe. Have 2-3 good ones and everyone else follow on the challenge and do what needs to be done. Heeral wants Matt cause he is a beast. Wy would I want that? That makes him more valuable AND it makes him a big threat come merge. BOO. He wins a lot and yadada. I’m indifferent.

Huckla: yes that is what I am calling him. I asked him if I could call him that cause I like the way it sounds so he said yea and was amused by my asking that. It’s in the subtle things for me.

Andrew: um no idea. Heeral said she wanted him cause he was a challenge whore but doesn’t trust him, um what? Shows the shallowness in her game. U want him cause he is good at challenges even though u don’t trust him? What?!?! A challenge whore who u don’t trust is the worst person to have around.

Gerome: okay come on. Is this effing SurviveWar reunion or something?!?!?! I mean dang. Gerome = umut 2.0 … Er maybe umut = Gerome 2.0 ? I don’t know the chronology. Either way. From my slight interaction with him I see him slightly soft spoken. No I’m no I’m not racist BUT then Asians in the org community tend to team up. And many of them have identical strategies. Flip flop flippity flop. So I hope he isn’t like that.

Mark: he said he hasn’t played in a long time. He is someone I could have on my tribe. Just interested in seeing how he does. Not a big name and ego so that’s nice to work worth.

Jessica: my number 1. As long as she doesn’t over think things or screw us with revealing something she shouldn’t we should be fine. I recently let myself be evicted so she could stay. A calculated move cause she could gain a power and thus avenge us. And forever solidify her as an impenetrable alliance. I helps we are good friends now. Going to LA together to watch the Jeff Probst Show. Enough said. Sink or swim baby. Sink or swim.

Ok that’s it for tonight, I’m a confessional whore and its the beginning so I like to do a big intro one with my whole thoughts on the cast, ill outline my strategy in the coming days.

MY VOTE:
Jessica
Brian

**EDITOR’S NOTE: Clayton just received the captain role and information about how to obtain the final idol**

so can i give my tribe a fake idol clue? lol

once u give me the real idol info?

Day 2: and the games begin. I wasn’t expecting to be leader and I am thouroughly SHOCKED. I wasn’t totally happy with it but it gave me a tad bit leverage in he tribe selection.i picked Jess. She picked heeral. Then heeral didn’t show up and I had Jess pick Anne. And I told Anne to pick Matt.

Me and Matt have struck something up. I like the guy.mi know he is a huge threat but I see him as vital. We cliques and he immediately wanted to work with me. We are both level headed. Of course my loyalty lies wit JFrey and Heeral mostly. But heeral needs to trust me. Ad she wanted Matt. So I do also. Lol. Appease her. I’m happy with the tribe. But I think the other tribe should just be called Survivewar. Come on… Be a lil less obvious I’m ur voting block fools. So that is actually uniting our tribe.

This maneuvering our way into a majority alliance that I’m comfortable with is going to be harder than expected. Matt likes Luke and Andrew cause of challenge strength. Wtf ever. Who cares!?! Ur challenges are organizational and logic it seems. Mind jolt whoreing doesn’t matter. But like most orgers they r blinded by the Ozzy effect. Oh and Jess wants huckla with us which I’m fine with.

We can’t have more than 6 or else it’s to much. Bless we win every challenge. So they six I want that outright is Me, Jess, Heeral, Anne, Matt, and Either huckla/Luke. But realistically idk how I can get the ozzy effect blinded shallowness to fade in Matt and heeral to get them to accept Anne fully and Jess fully. Im having Jess talk to Matt to gain favor though. As of now the REALISTIC 6 I could manage from the get go would be Me, Heeral, Matt, Luke, Andrew, and I could bring Jess in. But that’s not majority in my and Jess’s favor. I would have to protect Anne on the outside andi don’t like juggling fake alliances.

P.s. me and Jess see that it wold have been better to not get this idol clue. Cause I can’t do the rogues now. Because they will auto think its me. We think we will try and work out our majority solidly and then make a faux decision as a team t let one of us rogue it for two rounds and have a “team” idol. I just don’t foresee much I can do myself. Maybe make Anne do two rogues and bet on people being to scared to do it. We just need to make sure we have enough of a majority that we can rogue it and not get screwed.

Day 3: pretty quite day. But I figured something out for the challenge. I didn’t want to deal with a messy vote where we were forced to show some loyalty, or lack there of. I preferred for us to remain “united” as long as possible. This way it appears to be an amicable decision and no vote swaying needs to happen. And if someone rocks the boat and doesn’t do what we decided and follow the chops how we set out then they will look bad. Of course it can go bad and someone will win it that I don’t want to. The only person I would hate to win would be Fyke. If we go to tribal first he would be what I would try and steer things. I have had multiple not so flattering opinions of him givin to me. No outright a dislikes but enough to work with if we have to go to tribal. Also… The whole special whatever that comes along with it makes me nervous. So me or Jess, or even Anne winning it would be ideal. That way we don’t win it by vote jockeying. It’s perfect. And Matt went along with it and put it into the motion. I didn’t want to appear the boss so that’s a good thing. That’s all for now

Day 4: the event I am about to tell you about occurred late last night but I didn’t have time to include it in yesterday’s confessionals (I send u all these partly to keep records for myself).

As a tribe we wanted to meet on google hangout or Skype. To get to know eachother better. Five of us were capable of making it. Which included me, heeral, Jessica, Ryan, and Luke. And we seized the opportunity to make an alliance. A strong one. My two mains heeral and Jess were there. Then Jess likes Ryan a lot and I do to. And he talks to Jess quite a lot. Ad Luke practically begged to be on my tribe, so it all worked out. We preceded to talk from 9:00pm till about 2:30 am PST. We broke down the rules bit by bit to gain more understanding and give ourselves an advantage. Heeral won immunity. Ryan got the mutiny. We planned Jess taking the penalty to contain the idol and/or block the others from getting it. We are going on a penalty idol rotation for who takes it till we get it. We have a majority of 5 in 9 so we are golden. We also plan to use the mutiny to our advantage. If the other tribe drops to 4 us 5 plan to mutiny to ale them out by throwing challenges. Just a bit of strategy talk we discussed last night.

My Jason fyke vote theory is coming to fruition. Last night in a public thread he called out heeral saying he didn’t want her to be immune. A first we thought he didn’t know it was public with people other than Matt since he was talking to Matt. But it turns out he did. He is just that blunt and reckless. This cements ij Heerals mind that we don’t want him and makes a strong case that he is irrational and we don’t want to deal with it come merge

The immunity challenge was amazing. I was amazed heeral did it so fast. But it just means her target grows and we need a secondary plan come final 6/7 to take her out if she goes on an immunity run.

The game is afoot and a lot is happening quickly. If we lose 2moro I think fyke may be leaving. And we think we have a chance of winning the challenge… And a chance of getting Jess that idol. People would be stupid to rock the boat in giving us a penalty so early. The only reason we are is because we feel solid. But anything can happen.

Day 5/6: On day 5 we won our first immunity challenge! But a lot more ham just that occurred. Big stuff. Before we got news of our win we got some info. That info came in the form of Raz. He contacted Heeral. Giving her the answer to the challenge. I was futile since we had finished it nearly 2 hours prior. But his instance that he was on the bottom and hated the “survivecockywar players” were his exact words. But I don’t buy it. It may be true but who knows. I assumed it would be mark first. This and Vincent’s blatant post on the main wall lead me to think they are russelling us. Or attempting to. In HvV he made the heroes think he was on the bottom. Tus giving him an idol. And Raz mentioned he would love to mutiny. BS. Now isn’t the time for us to use it. Vincent, Raz, an Mark all say they will be blindsided (they need to learn what blindsided means obviously) so it seems a lil suspicious.

Anyways. The challenge. We have to assume at least one from the other tribe took the penalty to get their idol since we still won. No way to know if it was more than one. Wich means someone may have it. But that tribe is so full of ego-flippers it’s not good for them. JFrey got it as was our plan. And she told me about the twist. And she gave me the code. Only me. the code is

!!__@@LAND PENALTY IDOL@@__!!

Perfect. Thank goodness. Of course it could be fake but that’s stupid of her. This idol twist makes the weird rule about idols in one of your documents make sense. We discussed the idea of sharing it with the other 3 in the Rappers but I reasoned against it. As long as we don’t let them get he rogue idol then the will never know about the idol twist. Also I convinced her not to make a fake. A fake would only complicate things and scare people from voting certain ways if they arent sure of idols being real or not. Also if they get a fake I assume they will still be told the same rules as Jessica did. Thus revealing Jessica lied to them. So she better not do a fake or it’s her undoing. I hope the next few days are slower. Haha

GEROME,

i,ll vote umut and angie

HEERAL,

Jessica
oh you need two?
Matt

JASON,

umut & Heeral

JESSICA,

i guess i can give an intro confessional. clayton is my numbero uno ally. im really only going to be loyal to him. i really want to play UTR in this game, b/c in other games im way to active and i get targeted. i want to play it safe and be in the middle and just have a good social game. i havent really talked to anyone yet, excpet clayton who is doing alot of the talking. if someone approaches me before tribes are made i will talk but its so iffy right now. i plan to play the wolf in goat clothing. of course i will adapt when i need to do. but i want ppl to see me as riding coattails on clayton so they underestimate me. okay thats all im excited

i vote brian and clayton

Confessional: i got into a five person alliance called rappers. Me, Clayton, Ryan. Luke and Heeral. We are planning on having one person going for the idol. so if we end up getting it stays in our alliance and since we have majority on our tribe if we do get penalized then we can throw other ppl under the bus. And we decided that I get to go for the idol, if i get it, its in my possesion and the one person i would think to use it for would be Clayton. thats a little bad. but hopefully this alliance lasts b/c we could do some serious damage.

i wish to penalize my tribe

is that what i say to get the idol

LUKE,

I would like to vote for brian please
and?
lol im lost
and angie ^
macneil
god im slow xD

MACNEIL,

ouuu the anticipation of having the cast posted. I guess I’m nervous about the schoolyard pick and all. I know that Razvan applied. I was secretly hoping that he would be offline for the whole weekend and oops! Missed the qualifying questions. My hopes sunk when I saw him online on Sunday. They sunk even more when he showed me his “wacky” picture, thus confirming that he will be in the cast if 18 people fill this thing out.

Is it anything personal? Of course not. However, there’s that possibility that I will have to YET AGAIN explain to people that they have nothing to worry about with “RazvAngie”. Atleast this time lol. Last time, I told that story and they really did have something to worry about when we lied our faces off and went to the final 2 together. Maybe the cast wouldn’t know about RazvAngie off the bat, but people in orgs talk. The “oh look you have RazvAngie on your tribe” is just a facebook message away or a wall post.

Then there’s Umut. I got together with David Racine to form this alliance to take him out in a previous game. He mentions this to me as a joke every single time we talk. I really like Umut as a friend, but it’s obvious that we don’t trust each other because of the history. I think it’ll take a few votes before he finally says “ah ok, she’s not the hitman this game.”

I told him that I have 0 desire to mess with him this game. Everything I say is the truth, but there’s always that fine print that you have to watch for. I have 0 desire to mess with him, but if he messes with me, then I will mess with him without him knowing that I am messing with him. Telling a big lie is like a flea on an animal. If you find one, who knows how many there are that you don’t see. If you’re being lied to, it’s obvious that this person doesn’t want to go to the end so you have to get them before they get you.
No hard feelings. It’s just a game tongue *makes trigger sounds*
muahhahha

The plot thickens! I talked to everyone in the cast and here are my current thoughts!

Andrew: I LOVE this guy!!! I wrote “boo!” to him and he played along with it. He got nominated for challenge whore too! I want that guy on my tribe!! My only problem with him is that I think he’s very sensitive and I’m not. I have to keep that at the back of my mind if we’re tribemates.

Clayton: Hmm very social and very nice

Heeral: A little inactive but has a badass reputation oh la la!

Brian: A reputation for being loyal but hasn’t said too much to me, except that he works nights. And hello

Luke: Seems like a cool guy and he has also noticed people being quite…how do you say…extra friendly on threads? I think he’d be a good person to strategize with. Not sure. Just have a feeling.

Mark: He’s Canadian. That’s pretty cool. That’s all we talked about lol.

Jessica: She’s a big Colby fan! All three seasons! That’s all I know

Gerome: I absolutely love this kid! I voted for him to win in Troy and it was very much deserved. I love talking to him about Zelda and he’s super nice. He will do anything to win a challenge and give it his all. It’s a suicide mission to take him to the end but I want an alliance with him because he’s loyal and awesome.

Angie H: We are friends. The problem is that RazvAngie Ohio is more dangerous in this game than RazvAngie MacNeil. If I can help it, I don’t want RazvAngie MacNeil (see below). If Razvan goes to the end with anyone, Angie H will vote for him to win, despite how well he played. That’s one vote and people could lose by one vote. That is a very dangerous yet true fact.

Vincent: I want a final 2 with this guy like a Canadian wants a warm winter.(so alot!!!)

Renee: She messaged me about having an alliance before I signed up for this game. She said she needed a good sidekick or right-hand man smile Cool!!! I signed up because of her smile I told her my top concern which was Razvan and she had a discussion with Umut. There’s an alliance between them smile I will have to be careful telling Renee stuff if Umut is on the same tribe.

Umut: I consider him a good friend. In games, wow. We are VERY close when it comes to gameplay. I use my strategy and it gets bounced back at me like a game of tennis. Umut has my picture in his room in Turkey and he’s throwing darts at it while laughing maniacally. He’s out for blood because of me blindsiding him a few months ago. I now know this. Time to be the hitman with him if we’re on the same tribe smile Only this time, I kill him before he has a chance to make jury *evil laugh*

Razvan: PLEEEEEEEEEEEASE DON’T LET ME BE ON THE SAME TRIBE AS HIM!!!!!!!!!!! Good thing he posted a pic in the org page and his bffs are all commenting on it to set themselves up as targetssmile This had led me to plant a bunch of seeds in the other people’s minds that perhaps there is an alliance of ….these people who are commenting and that maybe they are a little too friendly smile

Oh and I just received news that Razvan doesn’t trust me. Good intuition Razvan. You shouldn’t tongue

I vote for Umut and Clayton

Not only am I in a tribe with Amber I mean Razvan, but Umut has made a final 6 alliance thread for us already. There’s this word that’s coming to me off the top of my head. What is it? Oh yea

F—————————————————————-!!!!!!!!!!!!!

I have come to the conclusion that it is safer to align with friends in this game. I realize that having a final 6 alliance already makes me fuzzy and feel safe. I know all the logic to this. I just don’t like Razvan lol.

But I retract my comment about Umut. I don’t think he’s laughing maniacally throwing darts at my picture in Turkey. But the guy just inherited a s—load of power and I realize he has more power than I do in this game based on people’s picking last night.
I think he finally realized that we are the same player and that I will go evil if he works against me. So he’s smiling in Turkey now doing a dance because of his power and stability in the game smile

*not doing a dance. He’s taking topless pictures of himself making funny faces*. The people I talk to on the internet…..lol

I just had Subway but I feel like something isn’t being fulfilled in my appetite. I highly recommend the cream of broccoli soup by the way. I’m still hungry. I couldn’t put my finger on it but I’ve figured it out. I crave blindside and evilness. You see, I’m doing this 12 step program on how to be a good girl ala hero in these games, but I keep having those villainous thoughts.
There’s something about a blindside, especially to someone who truly deserves it. There’s something about imagining the look on their face when their chance at the inactive org winners facebook group is taken away yet again…or another “win” to brag about. Yea, I don’t get it but people get cocky over their..umm.. online Survivor skills LOL
I don’t think I can be good. I enjoy being bad too much tongue With that wonderful little thing that I have about the jury and my new formed bonds with the guys Umut is purposely and obviously excluding and putting on the outs…hmmm… I want to be bad…

Sorry, I’m starving to blindside someone and I’m losing my focus. Once I get some evilness out of my system I will be able to properly chop stuff smile Give me a sec smile

Well, I missed a bunch of stuff while I was at a stagette but the consensus is that we’re using the penalty and Umut has discussed the rogue idol information with me. He has also discussed it with Razvan.
We skyped today and I looked him in the eyes and told him that I want Razvan and Angie H gone before the merge and my reasoning. He seems to agree and we seem to be on the same page.
This means that we’re sacrificing our numbers for powerful idols. Seems like a bargain and seems risky but….hmmm….

The more we go to tribal councils, the more I get to be evil and decimate so..hmmmm……

This is kind of off topic, but Umut is freaking hilarious. Call him a mastermind, badass player, whatever. He doesn’t get enough credit for being weird LOL. So I will document it. Umut is f—ing weird tongue

And that’s a compliment because normal is boring. That’s what Fido Dido says.

Darn it! We lost! Well…
-we have a chance at the rogue vote
-we have a chance at the penalty idol
-since I have immunity, I’m not going to end up voting myself out by gunning for Razvan
-It’s on like Donkey Kong Country 3 for the snes

Everyone is like “oh it’s heartbreaking voting for Razvan.”
Yea, I am very pumped to vote out Razvan. Like, there’s this happiness going all through my body.
I have no heart lol
I am the hitman!!!
*loads gun* boom!!!
hehehehhee I lied in my tc answer hehehee

Alright, it’s been a while since I’ve written a confessional with actual substance in it other than blah blah evil evil. For the record, I only enjoy being evil to people who were evil to me tongue There done. Glad I could clear that up.

Mark: I really hope that he gets to prove himself in the next challenge. I think that he’s really excited about this game and it’s a shame that he doesn’t know anyone coming into the game (which could cause him to be an early boot). He seems kind of quirky and Canadians gotta represent yo!

Brian: Same deal. I love that he goes beep beep hehe. He is very quiet but he’s very loyal to people, so I hear. I want to have connections with both of these guys strategically because our friends are really tight and these guys may be important in breaking up some alliances that don’t benefit me in this tribe.

Renee: She’s the reason I signed up to this game. I realize that she’s closer with Umut and I’m trying to decide if that will be my make or break. One thing is for certain with Renee: don’t mess with her!!! Seriously, if you tell her that you’re her top ally and then betray her, she will kick your ass in FTC. Umut has her thinking that she’s his top ally but he says he’s playing her. I could do one of two things 1) tell her the truth or 2) not tell her. It depends which makes more sense as the game goes on. I do trust her and want a final 4 with her.

Angie H: Angie H and I call ourselves Angies. Like a team! I have been saying that since before I even joined orgs. I also call us team ying yang as she’s good Angie and I’m evil Angie. I don’t want to see her at the merge because I know how she votes. She votes for whoever she loves more and not whoever played the best game. Of course, there are other jurors who could vote this way, I want to get rid of a future juror that I know votes that way before it happens to whoever is sitting in the final 2.

Vincent: Ahh, there’s a possibility that he’s sneaking around. Somehow, Razvan knew about our thread of me, Vincent, and Umut. Also, Razvan somehow knew that he was being blindsided…Vincent and Razvan are good friends. Also, Vincent is being very silent this game and if he doesn’t participate in the next challenge, I’ll have to blindside him because I now don’t trust him all that much. It sucks because I really like him as a person frown

Gerome: Awww little Gerome. I love him smile Hopefully we can go far into the game together smile

Umut: He asks me everyday if I’m going to blindside him. I think he was very nervous about me joining up with Razvan for this vote. PLEASE TRUST ME UMUT!!!! I’m sending signals to Turkey lol. I will trust him as long as he’s honest with me. If he tells one lie, well he has fleas and I have to vote him out lol. He is quite paranoid about this vote being for him.

Razvan: Too much bad blood to trust each other again in a game. I don’t think we’ll ever work together in a game again. I know that Razvan was messaging Brian to try to get a blindside together. Pair that up with Vincent’s shadiness…..ouf. If it’s not Razvan today….it’s someone completely random and someone who is more active than Razvan and that can hurt the tribe.

Hopefully we can get some wins in the next few challenges because I love playing these games and being Ulong’d would suck like a vaccuum.

MARK,

I’ll vote Clayton and Angie. only ones to speak to me in private so far.

Supplemental confessional: Apart from the clues, I’m glad I’m not a captain. Now I can watch who they pick and see who they’re pre-game alliances are with.

Further Confessional: So I’m picked last! I knew I was probably way behind on socializing, but not THAT far. Clearly there’s been some pre-game schmoozing going on. It’s clear Clayton and Angie McNeil have been casting the widest net.

First thing I did out of the gate was to go to Brian Griffin. Hooked up with him for an alliance. Seeing as we were last two picked, only made sense.

Can know all you want about Survivor, but here just throw that out. On the web it’s all anonymous, all people behind keyboards holding down 8 different private conversations at once.

I’ve got my two person alliance with Brian… I full well expect he’s already got one or two others already promised. I’m reaching out to Umut though… just to see what he offers. If he offers me a close alliance right off the bat, I’m pretty certain it’s bogus. I just want to know what kind of a player he is.

I tell Umut right off the bat that I’m a little nervous about being picked nearly last. All he can say is that ‘we are one unit’ and that ‘tribal unity is what we seek for’. That’s the kind of stuff you say to the guy you’re forced to have on your team.

I’m just going to do whatever he says for the time being. But based on the vote today, he’s already the one I’m looking at as a target.

So now I’ll tell everyone who was picked high, that I’m really worried about being picked second last, just to see what they give me in response.

Confessional Time:

It’s been kinda crazy the last two days. I’ll try to make it as clear as I can.

TC comes and I need to find an angle to play. So Angie MacNeil comes to me and says we have to vote Raz because his computer is broken. It sounds kind of weird to me since he’s still posting stuff from his phone, but she insists. I even try Gerome on her but she doesn’t budge. I ask who is supposed to be voting Brian, but she assures me no one is voting Brian. So now I’m expected to lie to the other 7 of us because…why?! I’m pretty certain at this point I’m being set up for something, or else she’s trying really hard to Boston Rob this game.

Now the NEXT thing she says to me is that if anyone asks, I have to say it’s Brian! WTF?! Now apparently, she then goes to Brian, tells him to also vote Raz and tell anyone who asks that he’s voting for ME! I’m not really sure what kind of a game she’s playing anymore, but it’s way too deceitful way too early. I say yes though, even if voting for Raz ‘because someone told me’ is about the lamest way to vote at Tribal Council. She insists me telling everyone it’s Brian is to keep either Brian or Raz from playing an immunity idol, and ‘idoling’ someone out, which confuses me a bit since I thought idols in this game just trigger re-votes.

Umut comes to me next and tells me that my name is ‘in play’ but that he wants to keep me because he’s good in challenges. He’s actually seems more straight talking than McNeil, but according to him, my name is up because I was picked last. I’m still not even sure WHY I was picked last but he says it’s to do with pre-game friendships. Based on what MacNeil says, I suggest going with Raz, even though at the back of my head it doesn’t make sense, despite his computer problem’s he’s been quite present.

So then finally, Vincent comes to me and Brian, with Angie O and Raz and spills the beans that myself and Brian are next after Raz, and that there was this big 7 person super alliance but that there is too much tension within it. He’s feeling we need to break it now before it’s too late and suggests the five of us go after the captain Umut.

I haven’t spoken to Vincent a lot, but his story DOES sound the most logical. MacNeil’s been playing me real hard and I can see right through it. I spoke it over with Brian in private, we’re worried that it’s going to cause tons of tension when we return to camp, but I’m thinking long term, I’d rather play with people who are telling it to me straight on day one. MacNeil’s being clever right from the start, and I feel if I stick by her I’m just letting her lead me right off a cliff whenever she chooses for me to go.

I figure if she comes to me afterwards and begs to know why I switched out from Raz, I’ll just tell it to her clean. I didn’t like the way she told people to say it’s me. I didn’t like being told to vote a certain way and then get told not to tell anyone. I don’t like her being the one to dictate my strategy.

And so after being the last two picked, it appears myself and Brian Griffin are the swing votes! How’s that for a power shift! It’s risky to make this power move, risky to stay with Umut and Angie, but I truly feel that if we stick by Umut and MacNiel, we’ll just be sitting ducks. Personally, I’m more nervous about MacNiel than Umut, but MacNiel has immunity, so…there.

So now I’m having to lie to MacNiel, lie to Umut. My goal of having tons of friends for an All Star season is kinda feeling dead, but we’ll see. Vincent seems a lot more clear cut to me than these other two.

Addendum Confessional! Okay so somebody snitched to MacNiel that the vote is Umut and I don’t know who.

Macniel is asking me why vote Umut. Power of the internet means I don’t have to respond if I don’t want to!

MATT,

OK, here goes!! Voting for Andrew MacAskill and Luke Everitt

So first confessional after the tribe picks!!! I am very happy with the tribe I am on! I think it’s a strong group. Not too many slackers in it though. I am very excited for the first challenge!! But also nervous. some good guys that i know and am working others. but I am very concerned about the alliance that appears to be on the other side. At least 5 of them , if not more, are from a previous game from what i can tell and they were the first picks for them so it’s obvious they are gonna hang together. we gotta dominate challenges so they have to pick each other apart. It would be really nice to have an idol – not sure how those are gonna play out! Unless you just wanna give me one now?? – that would be nice!

Anyway, glad i didnt end up on Upsa or I woulda been Upsaset! get it!! groan, that’s bad!! have a good night and see you tomorrow!

So check out our proposal in the Land tribe. If this is agreed to by majority of the tribe, we’d like to do this. My pre-selected number between 1 and 100 is 33.

**EDITOR’S NOTE: THIS PROPOSAL WAS REJECTED. PLAYERS WERE FORCED TO TRUST MATT THAT HE WOULD STICK BY THE NUMBER HE CHOSE.**
RAZ,

umut and macaskill for captains

i wish to penalize my Upsa tribe

RENEE,

My vote is for Raz Van Dan

Umut

UMUT,

I want to penalize my tribe wink

please confirm it

CONFESSIONALS OF SEASON 4

The opening challenge was awesome,i am always be happy for the fresh starts in this life.Once i saw my name came up multiple times for the election i was like ‘’wtf is happening’’ because in this game if you seen as a leader,captain,ringleader,puppetmaster etc. you are done.Nobody wants you around once the merge comes.So i am not %100 happy for this situation and i am concerned about being the captain of Upsa Tribe.
Anyways i think we made a strong and powerful tribe which consist of familiar faces from previous online games.We have AMN,Gerome,Razvan,Renee,Hancock,Vincent,Mark and Brian.On paper AMN and myself set up the new tribe so i think we are in control.To me i have to be careful about some powerful tandems just like AMN/Razvan..Hancock/Razvan..AMN/Gerome/Razvan..AMN/Vincent…I am trying to let them think i am the one who is ready to lead the challenges,be around for the entertainment and fun,be around to make this group of people unbeatable unit.
Let me tell you something Logan;clearly we have a 7 person alliance from the opening moment.Mark and Brian are the outsiders and other 7 people controlling the tribe,this is the fact.Before reward challenge i came to my alliance with an idea.Let me show you the conversation:

UMUT:I have talked with couple of tribe members and consensus is the same ; WE SHOULDN’T WANT TO LET BRIAN AND MARK THINKS THEY ARE OUTSIDERS.

So all we need two sacrifices for this challenge.Once Brian and Mark thinks they are in the middle of this tribe it will be good.We have to make sure those guys thinks they are a part of this tribe.

So who are the volunteers to be at the bottom of this challenge? Vincent and Gerome volunteerly wanted to be at the bottom.So all we need to cut their tiles first.Once Gerome and Vincent guarenteed to stand at the bottom we can choose Brian and Mark.

It’s not important who will have the immunity but Mark/Brian.It’s up to you.Renee,MacNeil,Hancock,Razvan whatever..

The possible scenerio for this challenge ;

9-Vincent
8-Gerome
7-Mark
6-Briand
5-Umut
4-Raz
3-Hancock
2-Renee
1-MacNeil

Doesn’t matter who will win between us.The important points are;

1-We have to make sure Gerome and Vincent at the bottom,
2-We have to be sure Mark and Brian in the middle of this list.

GEROME:Let’s do this.
AMN:It’s brilliant.
RENEE:Awesome..Love this tribe.
VINCENT:Sounds like a plan.

Plan worked perfectly and Vincent get the Mutiny Trigger while AMN won the necklace.Right now Brian or Mark can’t decide to mutiny at least an unexpected attemption from the other tribe.Actually i don’t wanna seen around with those ideas because i don’t wanna seen as a threat early in this game but those guys knows my game profile so no need to hide about it.
Again for the second challenge i have tried to run the things for my tribe’s favor and i believe i did.We will see what will happen at the end of the challenge but if we lose it’s not a problem cos i want that damn Rogue Idol thing.If we go to TC two times before Land Tribe i am sure i’ll have that freakin idol.So i need to keep that balance ;i want that idol but i don’t wana Ulonge’d from Land Tribe.
With that first confessional is officially over.

**EDITOR’S NOTE: THIS IS UMUT’S GUESS FOR THE TIEBREAKER**

My guess is 2 hours.I think it took 2 hours for them.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #1

(ANGIE)-(BRIAN)-(GEROME)-(*MACNEIL*)-(MARK)-(RAZ)-(RENEE)-(UMUT)-(VINCENT)

Within each of the brackets is your name. As long as your name is still in the brackets. Once your name is removed, so are you. Which will be the case for one of you this weekend.

You MUST answer your TC questions for your vote to count.

Note the asterisks around Macneil’s name. That is to indicate she has immunity from this TC.

ANGIE,

1. You were picked near the end of the tribe pick ‘em. Does that concern you at all heading into this Tribal Council?

I am not concerned at all about when i was picked.

2. What criteria do you look for to vote someone out in a tribe that has been very active?

I just go by how much i feel i can trust each person and go from there.

BRIAN,

1. I’m gathering it must be tough only three days in. All of you seem to be posting in the group, all of you showed up to Opening Day, and the challenge was done within two hours. What does it take for someone to stand out as being a target for this round?

Yeah its tough we have all been getting along great and everyone has been active. At this point it comes down to who we can afford to lose and stay strong. We need a strong tribe going forward.

2. Why do you think both tribes picked the people that they did?

I think the people picked either who they know or who they have played with and know how they play. I know very few people in this game and was almost picked last but I hope to show my tribe what I can bring to the team.

GEROME,

1. You were one of only four people to not show up to the Opening Day challenge. Granted, you were only ten minutes late. Do you think those four wll automatically be considered inactives?

No we’re not inactives, I’m just 10 minutes late. The real actives and inactives will be revealed these coming days.

2. A lot of items were awarded in the first two individual challenges. How do you think that will affect the game?

They will have great impact in the game, it can turn the game upside down if used wisely.

MACNEIL,

1. You have immunity. How do you think you would have acted differently if you didn’t possess individual immunity?

I wouldn’t have acted any differently whether I had immunity or not. I am quite vocal when it comes to my opinion and what can make a stronger Upsa. I have always been vocal in games because I am a strong believer in tribal unity and keeping people around who are willing to work on challenges so we don’t have to keep coming back here.

2. You were very close to being a captain as well as being the immunity winner. Do you think you’ll regret coming out so strong?

I never play a silent game and if that’s my downfall, so be it. I would rather lose being strong than to win by being weak or silent. Go big or go home!

MARK,

1. Last one picked. Yet you’ve been perhaps the most active player here. What is it that the rest of your tribe is missing about you?

A: It’s hard because I have no idea what people were using as the criteria for picking. My biggest fear is that there were already pre-game alliances setup just after the cast was announced. It’s also possible that, like in politics, when people have no idea who to vote for, they just for the first or last name on the ballot! My name falls in the middle, so it could just be that! I really won’t know for sure though until we progress into the game.
As for what they’re missing, I know (think?) that I’m pretty funny, and a practical thinker. I don’t know how to prove that before the game starts, especially if not a single person here knows me prior to the game.

2. Do you think a loss within the first three is enough time for someone to recover from first impressions?

A: Oh of course. When we all started we were just names on a list. This isn’t like real Survivor where you can size up someone’s physique and make a snap judgement based on that. I’m not even sure what first impression I made (other then perhaps a bit of a smart ass?). I’ve reached out to people but I really won’t know for sure how genuine the connections are until the first votes are read. I know it’s possible to recover, so all I can do is try.

RAZ,

1. Even if the tribe performed better than Land, you could still potentially lose because of penalty idols. Is there always this uneasiness after each challenge because you’ll never know who or how many requested the penalty idol?

he rules are same for both tribes
if ppl in upsa tribe claimed the penalty idol i’m sure that so did land’s ppl
i am pretty sure that this penalty idol is a team idol and not to be found by one and only player. A player can/will claim it for 2 reasons: a) to have it

b) another player to not have it
doesn’t really matter who claim it cus

2. Do you think tight sub-alliances have already formed?

*and here comes answer for 2nd question u had for me*

there are alliances
not sure how tight bc it’s only day 3 and things that will happen can/will change the dynamics

RENEE,

1. You were very close to winning immunity for yourself against Macneil. Do you feel that you really needed it?

I will ALWAYS feel like I need/want immunity going into ANY tribal Council. I know unless you are wearing that necklace you are never completely safe. I hope I will live to see another day. I’m having so much fun playing this game.

2. Has there been as much distrust formed as there has been trust?

I think there is a lot of both floating around in the air. This is the moment you really learn about the people you are playing with. You have to trust someone and hope for the best. The dynamics of trust are just now beginning to form so anything can happen.

UMUT,

1. You won the election. None of the other seventeen had more votes than you. Do you think that puts Upsa at a bigger advantage than Land because more people wanted you to lead rather than Clayton?

I don’t think that it’s a big advantage when you think we need to win some challenges.Without winning challenges numbers are nothing.

2. How much of an impact do you think the tribe picks will make on the overall outcome of the game?

I think it will make big impact both physically,mentally and strategically.The question is which tribe will become a strong group which tribe will not.Next couple of days will show us who made the right choices who made the wrong.

VINCENT,

1. You were first out of the Coconut Chop but were given the Mutiny Trigger. How do you think others perceive how will you use it in the future?

Of course, everyone’s gonna be puzzled on how i’m using the trigger, even myself, i’m puzzled on when and how i’m gonna use it. At this point i may not be that 100% confident with my situation but i’m trying to pull it off with the trigger. After all, not everyone is safe every tribal council, unless, you get immunity.

2. Are there any areas where this tribe needs to improve?

Hmmm. To be honest I think I haven’t seen any flaws yet in the tribe, if you ask me, 2-hours is a good time to clock in the answer especially i’m not quite familiar with encryption based challenges (if your question is addressed on the first challenge) I got to say though, the camp is a bit dirty and people are getting used to it, so, a little more elevation from the land in case of flood, and a little cooperation from everyone would greatly help Upsa in the long run.

Okay, when you vote privately please do so in the following format:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: I don’t have a very good reason, to be honest. It’s only day three. Maybe because the deadline for this vote will be 36 hours due to being Thanksgiving? I’m a rather impatient fellow, if I must admit.

Okay, Macneil is wearing individual immunity. You cannot vote for Macneil. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 1:30pm eastern Monday, it is time to vote. Upsa tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANGIE,

Vote: Umut Reason: An alliance was formed that decided he was a strong player with an equally strong ally that we felt was needed to break up to ensure our futures in the game. wink

Sorry i meant Vote: (Umut) oops

BRIAN,

vote: Umut

reason: He’s the leader of the other alliance in the tribe and Im sticking with my alliance.

GEROME,

My Vote: Razvan

Reason: Sorry my friend.. you should have listened to the plan.. it’s not the right time to get wild. It’s a tribe decision.. Im really sorry frown

MACNEIL,

My vote is for RAZVAN DRAGU
Razvan, I have been waiting a freaking long time for this moment!!! We’ll say Troy when you betrayed me? Troy when you bragged about outlasting me? SI when you bragged about beating me in the final two and how you were the “mastermind” of that whole season when I pretty much played that game for you? Um, Supacoowacky when you said “Angie, why would I hold a grudge against you? I outlasted you in both the games.” Perhaps you are researching how to be a big strategic player by watching this Ben guy on Lost. But please please please….learn the fundamentals of Survivor first because they are the building blocks to being a great player.
Now I’m going to have some Clam Chowder. Hasta la vista baby! *shoots gun and then blows on it*

Ugh, now I’m feeling kind of bad. It’s the right thing to do but I do care about his feelings. I am not looking forward to picturing the look on his face when he gets blindsided. He was so excited to play this game and he’s messaging me and ugh. Him and I have a history and despite the fact that he drove me crazy in these games and really pissed me off lol..I care….ok… I don’t know if I’m a real villain then lol

hmm had a moment where I was human for a bit. I don’t feel bad anymore lol. Frig, what was that? tongue

MARK,

Vote Time:

Umut

I know you said you’d look out for me, but I could tell I was near the end of a really long list. This vote really should go to someone else who’s been even more deceitful, but she’s got immunity, so, it has to be you.

RAZ,

my vote goes to Umut bc he tries to blindside me

RENEE,

VOTE: (Raz Van Dan)

REASON: The majority seems to think he is playing his own game. That we might have incurred a penalty because he tried to get the idol as well as another player – that we all agreed could get it for the tribe. He hasn’t tried to strategize with me at all so I don’t know where his head is at. it’s a shame because I really wanted to play this game with him.

UMUT,

Vote:Renee.

Reason:I want that Rogue Idol.

I want to switch my vote.I can do it once again if it’s necessary.

Vote:Razvan

Reason:He did a big mistake with penalize us.We all agreed to penalized with only one person for tribe favor but he is playing his own game.Sorry Raz!

VINCENT,

VOTE: (Raz)

REASON: I don’t have a very good reason, to be honest. It’s only day three. Maybe because the deadline for this vote will be 36 hours due to being Thanksgiving? I’m a rather impatient fellow, if I must admit.

Kidding. Nothing personal bro. This is strictly BAU. One of the things I hate in playing orgs are pre-game alliances, unfortunately Macneil’s alliance has better grip with everyone so you know me, go with the flow. I like you and you’re a possible jury vote but at this point in time, i’m in no good position to help you from getting BOOM BOOM POW. i might be following you soon bro. i love you Raz. be well.

I’m officially changing it. I’m voting Umut. Same reason. But not really. I don’t want to be a puppet in some pre-game alliance. Again, sorry I like you a lot but I’d rather see myself working with raz. This is strictly BAU.

TRIBAL COUNCIL RESULTS

.
.
If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, this would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Raz)
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Razvan)
.
.
.
Two votes Raz.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(RAZVAN DRAGU)
.
.
.
Three votes Raz.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Umut)
.
.
Three votes Raz, one vote Umut.
.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Raz Van Dan)
.
.
.
.
Four votes Raz, one vote Umut.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Umut)
.
.
Four votes Raz, two votes Umut.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Umut)
.
.
.
Four votes Raz, three votes Umut. Two votes left.
.
.
.
.
EIGHTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Umut)
.
.
.
.
.
We’re tied. Four votes Raz, four votes Umut, one vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
FINAL VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
First person voted out of SupaCooWackyLand 4:
.
.
.
.
(Umut)
.
.
Umut, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

VINCE: Angie this is just BAU.
VINCE: let’s not go into those conclusions
UMUT: Don’t argue guys,it’s OK! I hope you can stay together as a TEAM! No ill feelings to anybody..Especially Raz;good luck my friend..friendship is the most important thing.Have fun and enjoy it
RAZ: thanks and thanks for your best classes i ever had
MACNEIL: Hoping for the best
VINCE: goodluck to us to the next challenge
MARK: Thanks for taking it well Umut! I hope I have courage to say the same when it’s my time!
RAZ: umut is the most sportman player i ever played with. I love his style.
ME: (How’d I forget to post this?)

Well, there is one very clear message that was delivered this Tribal Council: You do not need a leader.

In addition, the vote was very split. I’m curious to see how a split tribe without a leader will play out. I’m sure you are as well.

UMUT EXIT INTERVIEW

You’re first out. That’s rough. I s’pose it’s time to talk about it.

1. Let’s go back to season 3. You applied the day after applications closed. In fact, you were set up to be an alternate. On top of that, you were extremely close to replacing Nick (the guy who quit halfway through the first round). How well do you think you would have done in season 3? Other than “I would’ve lasted longer there than I did here”.

Every season is different;the stories are different,the actors are different,the conditions are different.It’s very hard question Logan cos we cannot know the scenerios other than only imagine it.

2. You were first out of this game. Would you have preferred to be on this season anyway compared to season 3?

I am glad i have played in Season 4 when you think so many quitters and dead weights were around in Season III.Our season have too many great players so it was a bless for me cos i love and respect this game and all the way prefer to play with strong players.

3. Now to the first change for this season–cast list being released before the Opening Day challenge. What are the interactions you had before the Opening Day challenge with the other players?

That was great Logan.When i first look at the cast i knew a huge battle was beginning.I will always remember the opening day of this season,so many messages flied around and we spent 3 or 4 great hours at the very beginning.

4. Now to the opening challenge. You received five votes to be captain. More votes than anyone. You put the tribe together. You had the info regarding the rogue idol. What was the strategy behind who you picked to join your tribe?

I wanted to gather familiar faces around me and tried to make together those people whom i know so i thought i could have stayed to the merge at least with that circumstances.

5. Onto the tribal immunity challenge. The tiebreaker came down to making a guess against Clayton from the other tribe. Did the rest of the tribe blame you for losing the challenge at all?

Nobody blamed me.It was not the reason of my departure.I did the most work at that challenge,deshiphered the note and tried to finish the job.When you look at what i did at challenge you can easily realize that shouldn’t be the reason.

6. Do you think the tiebreaker was an overall fair way to break the tie in the challenge?

I think you should have picked two captains (Clayton and me) after the challenge and should have gave us an individual puzzle for saving our tribe.I think that was the fair way than guess something about timing.You know everybody have friends from the opposite tribes.So people can cheat if you use those type of tie-breakers.

7. You are captain of the tribe. . .and choose to penalize ‘em yourself. Why did you penalize your own tribe so early in the game?

That was a group decision.From day 1 Mark and Brian were outsideers on paper.Other 7 people decided to penalize tribe by only one person and they picked me (on paper).That way if we could have found the penalty idol we could have use it against the other tribe after merge.So that was not my individual decision.I did nothing individual and nothing wrong to my tribe.The thing is we had a cancer (Razvan) in our tribe and we had a guy who is doing some illogical moves by remote control (Vincent).Once Razvan tried to penalize us by his individual decision we lost the challenge,it caused the division and people became untrusthworthy and concerned with each other.

8. However you don’t get the idol. Who do you think was the other person requested the penalty idol? And how did that impact what went on the camp?

As i said to you before Razvan is the other person who penalized us,he told me after the challenge and it caused division.One people suggested Razvan’s name to me because of personal reasons after the challenge.At first i didn’t wanted to target Razvan but when i realized he is doing individual moves against tribe i agreed that person about Razvan vote.I wanted to make tribe strong,that’s it,nothing personal,Razvan is my friend and i invited him to play in Season 4 but when it comes down to logic i can sacrifice everybody.This is how i am in real life also.On the other hand i have no idea another person penalized us or not.

9. And then you were voted off. Did you have any sense you’d be eliminated? Or how close the vote would end up being?

I understood it was me last day.I even knew it was 5-4.I knew Vincent was after me and i knew Razvan and Vincent offered something to Brian and Mark.Once i realized Brian is answering to me with few words i realized it was me who is going home.I have enough experience to figure out the stuff.

10. For the third season in the history of the series, the captain is voted out at their first Tribal Council. Why do you think captains are so vulnerable in this game?

I have no clue about the other captains but i did some mistakes in Season 4.I offered to Gerome Razvan’s name and i offered to Renee Hancock&Vincent’s name eventhough i knew his best friend doesn’t like me.I wanted to play fresh game cos i hate immortal alliances and playing with same characters.I like the new adventures but people always holding grudges.I don’t care,this is not my style,i don’t hold grudges or never playing with my feelings.Also i was the person who created 7 person alliance against Brian and Mark.So you can see i did so many mistakes but i did nothing wrong to anybody.

11. Who do you think is going to be voted out next? Who do you want out next? Who do you think would win? Who do you want to win?

If were the person who lead the majority in Upsa i would like to vote Macneil,Gerome or Renee out but in fact Razvan will do unpredictable and illogical moves,i guarantee you this lol I want Razvan and Vincent next ;Razvan destroyed Upsa tribe with penalize us,on the other hand Vincent voted me because of personal reasons.I have no ugly words to Hancock/Mark/Brian (people voted me out) or MacNeill/Renee/Gerome (supported me in our tribe). I want either Renee,MacNeill or Gerome win this season and best of luck to them.Other hand i have serious favorite people like Matt Hood,Heeral and Clayton.Can’t wait to see what will happen next.

12. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

I want to say ‘’thank you’’ once again.With one week play i became a fan of your game and it’s structure.I love the substructure of your game,you are doing great job.I fell in love the way you get the Penalty idol and Rogue Idol,it’s i think first in all series of online games.I am so happy to play in Season 4 and best of luck to you for your hosting career.

FANTASY POOL

KIM (SCWL 3):

18-Anne
17-Ryan
16-Mark
15-Jessica
14-Raz
13-Luke
12-Fyke
11-Angie Ohio
10-Brian
9-Macneil
8-Higley
7-Heeral
6-Clayton
5-Vincent
4-Umut
3-Andrew
2-Gerome
1-Matt

FRANCISCO (SCWL 2):

VINCENT CHAVARRIA – 15
ANNE CURTIS – 8
HEERAL DESAI – 4
LUKE EVERITT – 9
JASON FYKE – 10
BRIAN GRIFFIN – 17
UMUT GUNDOGDU – 11
ANGIE HANCOCK – 14
RENEE HIGLEY – 13
MATT HOOD -3
RYAN HUCKLA – 5
MARK KALZER – 16
GEROME LATUMBO – 12
ANDREW MACASKILL – 2
ANGIE MACNEIL -1
JESSICA NICOLE – 7
CLAYTON SPIVEY – 6
RAZ VAN DAN – 18

BRIAN DUB (SCWL 2):

1. ANGIE MACNEIL has immunity
2. ANGIE HANCOCK won’t be an early target
3. GEROME LATUMBO
4. UMUT GUNDOGDU
5. MARK KALZER know very little about him…hope he can channel me
6. RAZ VAN DAN
7. VINCENT CHAVARRIA
8. RENEE HIGLEY
9. BRIAN GRIFFIN

LISTER (SCWL 2):

1. Umut Gundogdu (Upsa)
“Umut is a strong and aggressive player. I see him grabbing players together to form a strong alliance day 1. Therese several people on this tribe that he played against in Survivor Solomon Islands. He’s going to grab Angie H right off the bat and I think he’ll go for Razvan as well. The power on this tribe is going to revolve around Umut at least in the beginning on this tribe unless the outlying players can see the danger that’s coming and pull off a blindside.”

2. Heeral Desai (Land)
“Like Umut, Heeral is a very strong player. Very social and very strategic she is one of the most dangerous players in this game. The power on the Land tribe is going to revolve around her and she will be their queen.”

3. Ryan Huckla (Land)
“I see Ryan as being Heeral’s number 1 ally and together they are going to run the ship.”

4. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)
“While I’m not sure where in the alliance dynamic Vincent will fall on Upsa, I see him as a very social player and no matter what alliance becomes dominant on this tribe he will be a part of it. Maybe not a key integral part, but he will be there. Vincent is not going home first.”

5. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
“Ah Gerome, winner of SurviveWar: Troy. This guy is definitely a strong social player and is close friends with fellow tribemates Razvan. If he and Raz form a two-some and get pulled in with Umut I could see Gerome being in this game for the long haul.”

6. Luke Everitt (Land)
“I don’t really know Luke all that especially well but I get a good vibe from him. He’s been playing orgs for a while now and I think he’s got a level head on his shoulder and that could help him get far in the game.”

7. Matt Hood (Land)
“Matt won his first three orgs, so he’s already got that reputation as a strong and deadly player. I’m not aware of him losing a final vote. He’s a very loyal player and sticks to his alliance so if the power base on Land knows this they can easily scoop him up and then dump him once he’s no longer needed.”

8. Renee Higley (Upsa)
“Renee is a player who I should know better, but I don’t. I see her as another social player who is going to go with the flow these first couple rounds of the game and then once she gets a feel for the situation and what’s happening all around her then she will make her move.”

9. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
“Andrew! This guy is an awesome player. He doesn’t play very many orgs so he doesn’t know a lot of people which could hurt him but he is not only a strong social player but a great strategic player and a bit of a challenge whore. He’s a triple threat in my mind and if he can make it through the first few rounds and especially if he makes it to the merge then all the other players better look out.”

10. Angie Hancock (Upsa)
“I’m pretty sure Angie H and Umut are going to join up together in this game although of the two I think Angie H is the weaker half of this pair. Granted, I don’t really know her that well so it’s all speculation but I don’t get as good a feel from her as I do from Umut.

11. Clayton Spivey (Land)
“I only know Clayton from his run in The Shot 4 so it’s hard for me to get a good read on him and what I’m getting are mixed signals. He could go early, or he could go far. Other than that. Hard to say just yet.

12. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
“Angie M is another very strong and VERY deadly player. She’s honest and loyal, but if someone she showed loyalty to starts to talk about betraying her they better look out because the claws are coming out! I am worried about her though. In Solomon Islands she took out Umut and from what I understand he didn’t like that too much. Will Umut hold a grudge and vote out Angie M first? Will Angie M make the first strike against him? Or maybe the two of them will reconcile and work together.

13. Anne Curtis (Land)
“I’ve only seen Anne in two games and she really doesn’t come off as a strong player to me. She’s loyal yes, but what besides loyalty can she offer? If she loses a challenge for the Land tribe, loyalty be damned she’ll be gone.”

14. Brian Griffin (Land)
“I’ve seen Brian in a few games and I just do not see him as a strong player. I’ve seen him complain in the b—- group about challenges before and I know Logan’s challenges and be quite the mindscrew and are very difficult and Brian could have some trouble. He’s made it to FTCs before and each time lost and from what I saw I believe it was from pissing other players off and he didn’t understand that. Will Brian learn from his past or is he deemed to repeat his failures?

15. Jessica Nicole (Land)
“I have no clue who the hell this girl is. SHe’s got more orgers than just this cast on her friends list so this might not be her first game but I think she’s still a relatively new player. For all I know of course she might be a really old-school player who just came back. Hell if I know! She’s an intern for Rob Has A Podcast so she definitely knows the game, but beings as I don’t know her I can’t rank her that well so to the bottom she goes.”

16. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)
“If Angie M can pull off a blindside on Upsa against one of Umut’s allies it will be Razvan she targets. Count on it. Razvan and Angie M were close back in Troy and Solomon Islands but since then they have fallen apart. No way in hell these two are going to work together again and if they become the final two together I will order a plate of 10 tarantulas and film myself eating the nasty things. That’s how confident I am.”

17. Jason Fyke (Land)
“I like Jason, he’s a good kid but I just don’t see him surviving long on this tribe. First boot? Likely. He recently got taken out by Heeral in another game and had made a comment that if he survived the vote he would be coming right after her. If he carries this grudge forward into this game and targets Heeral and she learns of it, he’s going to be gone faster than you can say Wal-Mart.”

18. Mark Kalzer (Upsa)
“Like Jason, Mark is my first boot pick from the Upsa tribe. This guy is as green as lettuce, at least when it comes to Facebook orgs. Nobody knows him and that could be an easy reason for why he’s gone. In past SupaCooWacky games the newbies have done very well but in a tribe of people that all know each other I’m not so sure that will happen this time for Mark.

Pre-Season pick to win – Luke Everitt

DAVE (SCWL 2):

2 UMUT GUNDOGD
4 RAZ VAN DAN
6 ANGIE MACNEIL
8 GEROME LATUMBO
10 RENEE HIGLEY
12 ANGIE HANCOCK
14 VINCENT CHAVARRIA
16 BRIAN GRIFFIN
18 MARK KALZER

DAVID (SCWL 2):

18. Brian
17.Mark Kalzer
16. Razvan
15. Angie Macneil
14. Angie Hancock
13. Umut
12. Renee
11. Gerome
10.Vincent
9.Anne
8.Jason
7.Ryan
6.Andrew
5.Jessica
4.Luke
3.Clayton
2.Heeral
1. Matt

PAST WINNERS CAST ASSESSMENT

MERVIN–WINNER OF SCWL 1:

UMUT GUNDOGDU- Umut is a very strong player. Very well rounded and is not afraid to have bloods in his hand. It also help that Umut is a banker (or works on a bank) because it’s a dog eat dog world and you have to learn to get ahead with everyone.

ANGIE MACNEIL- Macneil is a very social player and her strength is pulling on everyone’s heart strings then ready to stick a knife when she needs to. I see her working with Gerome, Umut and Renee. Gerome is her friend and that’s one person she trust even before this game started. She and Umut would possibly align just to clear up their past issues.

GEROME LATUMBO- Gerome plays a very quiet game. Not the leader and mostly a follower. But this strategy helps him from having no blood in his hands and gaining respect from the jury. I believe she will be Angie’s number 1 or for a certain time.

RAZ VAN DAN- Razvan have one powerful weapon in this game – sympathy. He knows how to connect with people and people feel bad whenever he is out of the loop or they contemplate of getting rid of him. Keep him around for one more round, and another round and another round, then he is going near the end, if not win in the end.

RENEE HIGLEY- Renee have a strong personality. It’s either you are with her or against her. Her biggest asset in this game is the fact that nobody knows her too well and she seldom tries to be the center of attention. She just plays a quiet game and that could be deadly because no one sees her as a threat.

VINCENT CHAVARRIA- Vincent is more of a laid back player. He will go with the majority and find a strong core alliance but not leading them but just going with the majority’s decision. Vincent is a very likeable person and easy to get along with. Vincent’s weakness is that he only watched 2-3 survivor seasons and that lack of knowledge is a huge disadvantage to him.

ANGIE HANCOCK- Angie Hancock have played atleast 4-5 survivor games and I noticed she barely makes any splash or mark in the game but she makes it really far. If she makes it to the merge, she’s bound to go far because strong personalities (or egos) will collide and she will be on the corner and let them duke it out.

BRIAN GRIFFIN- I also see Brian playing a lot game. Makes it really far,sometimes makes it to the end but doesn’t win.

MARK KALZER – Anonymous

LAND:

CLAYTON SPIVEY- Clayton is a savvy player. He knows how to play a very under radar game. I see people on his tribe that he have good relationship like Jessica, Heeral and Anne. Again I will not be surprised if this 4 teams up and make an alliance.

JESSICA NICOLE- Jessica is a sweet girl. Staying away from confrontation and conflict, will be her strategy. She will be more of a team player rather than a leader.

HEERAL DESAI- Heeral is the latest Noob Queen. She haven’t playing for long but she have been winning games after games. Heeral is gonna lie, gonna backstab, gonna betray. She will play the game HARDCORE.

ANNE CURTIS- Anne is a little spaced out which make her a little bit hard to talk too. But Anne is a nice girl ( but in the world of Survivor, the nice ones get picked on first).

MATT HOOD- Matt is making waves also by wining the games he played. I do not have much information about him.

ANDREW MACASKILL- Andrew played in Survivor Facebook 4. He was voted out too early. And he haven’t played org that much so there’s not much information about him except he will possibly make an alliance with Jason Fyke that also played in Survivor Facebook too.

LUKE EVERITT- Luke seems a nice guy. He played several games already, specially Survivor Whisper’s games. I haven’t seen him making it far in any games though.

RYAN HUCKLA-Sorry no info

JASON FYKE- I see Jason in orgs once in a while. I first remember him playing in PJsurvivor Fans vs Favorites where I saw him having an argument with Shyam Sundar and called him “social game like a jelly fish”. Jason seems very abrasive and it could haunt him in this game where he could get over bearing with his tribemates or alliance.

KIM–WINNER OF SCWL 3:

VINCENT CHAVARRIA-
The jury thread-jacker extraordinaire. I can’t even tell you how I know Vincent, I have never played a game with him but he appears to be extremely sharp and quick, and everyone seems to like him. Prime recipe for being a villain, but I think he is too nice of a guy. Hopefully his personality and brain will get him in a good spot and he’ll make it well past merge.

HEERAL DESAI-
!!!! Heeral will be quite a force in this game if no one picks up on it early. She has a very convincing way with words. She is a thinker. I have no doubt that she will fight to the death the whole time she is playing. Im thinking Heeral should end up in the upper final portion of this game.

LUKE EVERITT-
Luke is quiet, and a very decent guy. I’ve played quite a few games with him and his being antisocial is obviously always his downfall. I think that his problem is going to be his time difference and his talking to only his alliance. Maybe he’ll put more effort into this game and get chatty, if he does he would probably surprise himself.

JASON FYKE-
LOLOL I CAN NOT WAIT TO SEE WHAT HE DOES!!!! My SF family member. Many games I have had with Fyke. To this day I can never determine what he is thinking nor what he is going to do. He does things that are shocking even to me. If he can keep a grip on his mouth and his behavior (which is asking the impossible) he will make it far, believe me he can WORK a game.

BRIAN GRIFFIN-
Let’s see….This guy is amazingly sharp. I think I have probably been more pissed off at Brian as much as I have any other person in the whole ORG community. Why? He kicks my butt almost every game I’m in with him. LOL He is very resourceful and seems to alway find a majority early on. Very seldom when I’ve watched games have I not seen him in the finals. I would be very surprised to not see him in the finals here unless he gets attacked by the SW alliance.

UMUT GUNDOGDU-
Deadly. A friendly face, a warm smile, a 10 inch blade ready to slice your juglar. That’s it.

ANGIE HANCOCK-
It always seems like Angie gets in a majority alliance, stays quiet and makes it pretty far. I would love to see her, just one time stand up and get crazy. She might be kept in for a bit for loyalty but given the amount of fighters in this cast I’m not so sure that’s gonna be the case this season.

RENEE HIGLEY-
Aside from a game where Renee had to DOR I’ve never had the pleasure of playing with her. We almost had a good alliance one game and she seemed to be a strong, hyped competitor. I have high hopes that she will see well past merge.

MATT HOOD-
The only person I have ever known, in my life, to play an honest game….. and win. Proof that it can happen. Matt is very convincing adapts well to merges, tribal switching, calming down panicky tribe members and is a beast at difficult challenges. *glares at Logan. I will be very shocked beyond belief if he is not in the final two of this game.

RYAN HUCKLA-
?

MARK KALZER-
?

GEROME LATUMBO-
From what I recall playing with Gerome, he seemed to be really strong socially he was then traded off to another tribe. I have nothing else here.

ANDREW MACASKILL-
Clever and spunky! Another piece of the SF family that is a huge personality. Andrew is very alliance driven and ready to take on challenges right NOW!! There isn’t a whole heck of a lot he can’t do aside from being understood when he speaks. Thank gahd for text. Andrew will for sure have longevity in this game if he has a good pack. His only downfall I would say is maybe being too trusting.

ANGIE MACNEIL-
Curious to see how far a girl can get with out love carrying her.

JESSICA NICOLE-
?

CLAYTON SPIVEY- I kind of know who Clayton is, but I have never played a game with him.

RAZ VAN DAN-
Wondering what the world of Raz will think when someone outside of his clique doesn’t especially care for his cocky dominating attitude. I know what I would do, I do wonder what mainstream org folks will do. Who the hell enjoys Hitler? I see him as an early boot if he is not with his normal crowd. If he, is they will either let him take control or get smart and get him out. I have to say I’m curious.

LOGAN’S BOOT LIST

17 – Jason

16 – MacNeil

15 – Raz

14 – Luke

13 – Matt

12 – Gerome

11 – Clayton

10 – Jessica

9 – Renee

8 – Vincent

7 – Ryan

6 – Angie

5 – Mark

4 – Anne

3 – Andrew

2- Brian

1 – Heeral

4.2 SCWL 4 Episode 2

SCWL 4 Episode 2: “Fyke This, I’m Going Home”

October 8 2012 – October 11 2012

Immunity Challenge: Weakest Link. Players go in sequence answering questions. They go down the chain if they remove a player from the challenge, and start a new chain if they miss a question.

Did I realize my wording could have been interpreted differently once I calculated the results of the challenge?: Yes, unfortunately. A Gilmore Girls question almost gave Land immunity.

Is this the first round ever where no one used the F word in a confessional or TC question?: Yep. The soapy formula must have worked.

Immunity Winners: Upsa

“Secret” regarding final idol is revealed.

Idols Claimed: Clayton halfway to claiming the final idol, and Raz claims the Upsa idol. All three idols claimed after a measly two rounds.

All three idols nearly claimed in two rounds? Isn’t that excessive?: Very much so. Changes for next season, I imagine.

Did the final idol almost get blocked: Yep, if Jason voted on time and followed through with Andrew’s plan.

Voted Out: Jason Fyke

Is he the only person who self-votes in his elimination round this season: Yes.

ROUND TWO BLOG

MACNEIL IN TROUBLE

Amidst all of the chaos, MacNeil somehow ends up in the worst position possible in this game. A social and physical threat who chose the minority alliance will ultimately be the most obvious target. If Upsa loses again, she will be gone. Because Upsa has enough strong players, her presence isn’t viewed as being necessary.

However, she continues to socialize everyone in the game, and goes beyond the ‘hey what are you doing for voting this round’. There is a social element that I think will work if her tribe can win immunity this round.

Or if something ridiculous like last round occurs. In which case all bets are off and Raz may find himself with his back against the wall. Or Raz might trigger the controversy himself. It seems everyone wants to talk about Raz, including Raz.

WEAKEST LINK

This was completely taken from The Mole: Australia season. . .two or three? The cast all goes on The Weakest Link game show in Australia. During the game they play for an exemption for whoever is last one standing, and added strategy occurs backstage as people attempt to screw each other over and form alliances.

From watching this, I thought it would be neat for a Survivor ORG to do this in the pre-merge phase. Of course due to non-live time constraints, I couldn’t afford to do multiple split up rounds and force a voteout each round. Instead doing one super round and give players the incentive to drop players who weren’t carrying their weight was ideal.

The challenge played out perfectly for its debut. The only issue is that my wording could have been interpreted differently, potentially leading to a controversial finish. However, everyone understood the challenge as I intended, and all went smoothly.

MOST EVEN START YET

Sadly, we have never had both tribes alternate immunity victories in the opening two rounds. Coo won seven in a row, Ooc won four in a row, and Pasu won five in a row.

The longest streak being one shows how even these tribes are. Neither side really has much weaknesses. Which bodes very well in the Survivor universe. Nobody will have an easy path to victory.

Upsa nearly blew it because they couldn’t come up with the name “Max Medina”. And if memory serves me correctly, Mark and Vincent verified some of the answers in the last couple hours of the challenge. Speaking of which. . .

THE VOTE TO END THE CHALLENGE EARLY

I released the challenge at 1230pm. Land was done everything by two o’ clock, fixed a couple of answers, and posted in the main group to end the challenge right there instead of waiting until 430pm the next day. Upsa also finished early.

Because of this highly unusual situation, I proposed I would post results early if everyone ‘like’d my post prior to midnight.

Virtually everyone on Land ‘like’d the post, and a few members of Upsa. Land went dormant for the remainder of the challenge. Meanwhile, Mark and Vincent weren’t convinced that they had a perfect score. I think Gerome was involved in this as well. If the challenge ended before midnight, Land would have won for a second time.

However, Upsa refused to rest and fought until they regained the lead. The challenge was won and only because they used the time wisely.

RAZ CLAIMS THE UPSA IDOL

This is worst case scenario for Upsa. Your most unpredictable tribemate has the idol. While Survivor on TV has to partially rig who has the hidden immunity idols, everyone is on a level playing field in my game. Raz claimed it fair and square. This is bad news for the tribe because Raz feels more comfortable to take control. And anytime you refer to Raz as your commander, you never know what to expect.

VINCENT AND MACNEIL BACK OFF

Both requested the Upsa penalty idol but both backed off prior to the end of the challenge. The gamble worked, otherwise Upsa would have lost immunity and be sent to Tribal Council. They were more afraid of another visit to TC and were willing to accept that Raz could have an idol.

I think this was the right move. In a series where streaks of immunity wins are prevalent, stopping the bleeding early on is key. For all you know Land could vote out the equivalent of Umut such as Clayton, Matt, or Andrew. If that happens Upsa will have the upper hand. But if you lose, MacNeil or Vincent goes home, and Land can sit out their weakest players on a rotation to ensure immunity is always in their hands.

And if an idol is successfully played in Upsa during round two, I doubt the tribe could ever recover.

LAND HAS A NOT SO STRAIGHT FORWARD TC

The final idol is announced. Everyone in Clayton’s alliance allows Clayton to get it. One of the most unusual moves I have seen. Six of nine people agree on who gets the idol? If Clayton isn’t playing for your best interests, you could be making a serious game ending move.

JASON ALMOST SCREWED OVER BY ME

About five minutes before sending out the challenge, Jason asks me if it’s posted. I respond that it will be posted any minute. Literally a minute later, the challenge is posted, and I message him when I do.

Everyone else on Land was online with the exception of Luke who was sitting out. So they take attendance to figure out who can participate, they do the challenge in 90 minutes, eliminate Jason from the challenge because he is having lunch, and disband as Jason returns from his meal.

I had no idea that a four minute delay would have such a big impact. A four minute delay went from Jason being active in the challenge to everyone but Jason being active. Just like that, a slight delay in a non-live challenge cast Jason further away from his tribe. I apologize for Jason’s position being my fault, but if confessionals were any indication, Jason was gone unless Anne was absent, or if Jason led the tribe.

Neither of which would have happened.

UH. . .THE VOTE

Yes. The vote. Clayton was going to vote for Ryan at Ryan’s request. However, Ryan (and Andrew?) had a plan where they told Jason to vote for Ryan so that Clayton would be blocked from completing the criteria for the final idol. I doubt Clayton would question Jason’s vote being against Ryan, and would be stuck trying again down the road. The chaos was supposed to start.

However, Jason sent in his vote six hours late. The worst part is he indeed voted for Ryan. The counter-strike against Clayton would have worked. Clayton lucks out as the counter-alliance to Clayton-Jess-Anne’s bond continues to form and build momentum.

JASON GONE

It would have been 9-0 if a host didn’t implement a rogue idol this game. :)

I know Jason was not happy with his performance, not happy with this tribe, and not happy he couldn’t vote for Heeral at the first TC due to her having immunity from Coconut Chop.

But in the .001 % chance that you’re reading this Jason, please don’t be disappointed at all by your performance. You still delivered. You didn’t disappoint from a hosting perspective. I know you were active, and you appeared to be actively playing the game. You just happened to be on a tribe that was pro-Heeral, and given what happened mere days before the start of the game, you were in a very awkward position.

So there’s no need to be down. Wish you would have voted Ryan though, because Land would have become far more interesting.

CONFESSIONALS ROUND 2

CLAYTON,

Day 7: not as much action today. But we did have a challenge. It was revealed that Umut left and I was floored. But it confirmed my suspicions that all that “oh pore pitiful me! I’m being blindsided” talk from Raz, Vincent, and Mark was a giant ploy to throw us off in whatever way they can. But it only proved that they are trying way to hard. Why would they need to do that? What’s the point? And a big blindside the first round?!? Come on… Way to breed distrust and shadiness in your tribe.

For the challenge I got on just in time. Me and Andrew and Jess really spear headed it. We knew we didn’t want to many cooks in the kitchen so we wanted it organized. Find the answers THEN set up an order. Also we had everyone check in and whoever didn’t we wold just drop immediately so we could move forward speedily without a bunch of mess. It seemed to work. I think it was a slight risk given people might not like being told what to do but it would have been a giant clusterf**k without some organization. And since Jason fyke was the only one not to show up then it cemented his spot as bottom rung. Thankfully.

Me, Jess, and Andrew chatted on Skype this whole time while we organized. And me and Jess both agree we like him a lot. If only it was him in our Rappers group. But me and Jess discussed having him as a six which seems solid. I fell bad about Matt. I have a solid group and I like the dude but its just not working out. If he had been on that google hangout he would be in. Sometimes timing is key. My group is already discussing cutting him prior to merge. Presumably Fyke. Then Matt. With Anne and Andrew along with us. IF we are so lucky to go into merge at an improbable 7.

Day 8: well today officially sucks. Sick to my stomach then see the results and we lose. The vote should be easy though. Me and heeral decided to let Matt tell us who t vote for. Although we had full intentions of votin Fyke no matter what he said. But we wanted him to feel in control. Ad he came to me and her within the first 5 minutes saying fyke. So mission accomplished. I know jason can’t have an idol… Unless the idols can go across tribal lines of course.

Since we are going and I know we have such a large block I’m contemplating voting for some random person. To get a rogue under my belt. We shall see. May not be a good idea

JASON,

I want the Idol!

JESSICA,

might as well do another confessional: i only actually gave the idol code to clayton b/c i trust him 100% but i told the rest of the “rappers” i found the idol since they did make it possible for me to get the idol and they would back me up in blaming someone else if two ppl went for the idol. Also as much as i wanted to make a fake idol b/c i love doing that, i figured if some how heeral, ryan or luke found out that there is an actual code to the idol i could be in some deep s—. so i didnt do that. right now im hoping we win as many challenges as we can. As much as i love the “rappers” alliance, i know that heeral is a strong player and i would rahter take her out before final5 but hopefully let like the other side blindside her and just be like “oops sorry i didnt know about that”

confessional: so i had told clayton that we had good interactions with andrew and we should consider making him a 6 rapper but obviously we have to be careful in how we go about that or if we want just a side alliance, But i know heeral has the same idea. but im just saying bringing in my Andrew was my plan, not to sound jealous, i just dont want to be cut out of my original plan lol

MACNEIL,

Well well well, I was put in my place lol If we lose this next challenge I’ll say….erm 16th place? Yea, they were quite clear that I’m next if there’s another tc because they’re afraid of my social game. *sigh*. I don’t know how to not be social. I am social even when I don’t play games. I enjoy being weird and random on the internet. I guess what crushed me the most was Vincent turning on me. I mean, you see in my previous confessional that I’m pretty sure he was going to…..but then it happens and it stings…it does. I have never been betrayed by someone who I considered a top ally before. Hits ya right in the heart! What were they thinking??? Answer=they weren’t. If Razvan stays over me when he didn’t do both challenges……*sigh*….I’ll join Umut in Ponderosa and we’ll have pina coladas and get caught in the rain. We’ll sing and dance hopefully. That’s it

Ok, damage control time. I’ve had a day to let everything sink in and it’s time to go into “hitman mode”. Vincent, Razvan, Angie H, Brian, and Mark all have “fleas”. They all told me lies so I can tell them whatever they need to hear without feeling guilty at all. Fleas are uncomfortable and they hurt when they bite.
Who is running the “let’s get rid of Angie M campaign?” The answer to that question is Vincent and Razvan. Alright. What worked for me in a previous game is to make the ones running the show against me feel as comfortable with me as possible until I possibly get into a position of power again and vote their asses off.
I messaged Ryan Huckla about the mutiny trigger and I’ll continue to message him throughout the game. This guy is my new bff if my charms are not working on Vincent and Razvan.
The important questions to ask are:
-am I next now that Umut’s gone?
-do they trust me now that Umut and I are separated? Do they realize that I had trust issues with him?
-Does Vincent trust me more now that I gave him my little clue thingy about the jury?
-Why did Mark and Brian vote for Umut?
-Why did Razvan decide not to trust me in the game?
-Does Vincent realize that while I have a good social game, I have never won an org and went in a final and lost? And if he realizes I lost…I need to remind him why.
In fact, it’s very important to tell everyone why I lost SI because it’ll take the social player target off my back:
-I inadvertently make people feel as good as possible before taking their hearts out by saying “guess you won’t need this anymore” and chucking it in the garbage. So even though I have charms and I am a really good person and friend…that makes people even more angry when I betray them. Had it happen to me for the first time yesterday. I feels great!!!!

Worst case scenario is that I get voted out and sent to Ponderosa. It’s just online Survivor

Word on the street is that Razvan messaged for the penalty idol. We can’t let him have an idol and increase his cockiness can we? If I’m going next, I’d like to have a powerless Razvan in terms of idols as I know he’s going to try for the rogue idol as well this round.
So officially, I’d like to message for penalty

oh Razvan, sugar muffin, tootsie roll, honey bun. It’s on like Donkey Kong Country, the original 1980′s version. You want to play? Let’s play

RazvAngie going against each other would be entertaining as all get out if it was on tv. I have a feeling hehe

Sending message for penalty idol by the way lol it was a few messages ago. I’ve had new thoughts since then lol

WE WON WE WON WE WON!!!!! WEEEE!!!!!!

Darn it, I wanted to do a video confessional but Churchie knocked over my camera, the batteries came out….and then he swat the batteries under the fridge. Silly kitty hehe

So, you’ll get my typing again lol. I will do one soon hehe smile

Well, I’m being a ballsy player at the moment. I told Vincent that I wanted to go far with him in the game and that I meant it when I said that I wanted a final 2 with him. I told him that I am going to take his moves as him not betraying me, but betraying Umut and that we just had a misunderstanding as an alliance. To even prove my loyalty to him, I showed him my little present I got for being a bridesmaid and not a bride. Gutsy? You bet! But as Leonardo said in Titanic “when you got nothing. You got nothing to lose!”

I made this move for a few reasons 1) to show him that I trust him (yea right) 2) to see if he’ll run to Renee about this information. If he runs to Renee, then he is genuine about his final 2 deal with her and is still running the “let’s vote out MacNeil” campaign. If he doesn’t go to Renee, then she will know that he’s not genuine about a final 2 and will continue to be loyal to Gerome and myself despite our numbers disadvantage smile

Now, I shared this information with Renee and Gerome and I told them why I told Vincent and they think it’s brilliant. We’ll have to see but my gift would be beneficial to people so I am hoping they see the value in it. I will start to plant seeds in his head that Razvangie Ohio is dangerous in the long run and hopefully I get a garden in his brain.

Next, is Ryan Huckla. He is debating using his mutiny trigger. I will continue to talk to him as this is a backup in the event that my whole “Vincent I trust you here’s my clue” backfired. It was worth a try.

Next, I have to plant more seeds for my garden of Angie M survival. I have to remind them of Survivor Solomon Islands and why I lost. Why bring past games into current games? Because YET AGAIN they are concerned about my social game. Two selling points on keeping me is 1) I am loyal to whoever is loyal to me and will take strong players to the end and 2) I was in a final and lost so while I do have a great social game, it’s destructive as well.

Another thing is finding out why they voted out Umut. Now that I know why, I now have to badmouth him. I can’t just say “ugh he’s a dumb Turk la la la” (I don’t think that). If I’m going to bad mouth him, I have to make it believable and have substance. I told them that I did fear that he was going to turn on me eventually because he has a history of blindsiding people who blindsided him in previous games (gives examples). I then have to congratulate them for voting him out because he was probably after me. It wouldn’t help to mention how annoying he was (he wasn’t). That way, in their minds they can separate me from Umut and hopefully see me as sweet Angie M.

I am sweet…just competitive and not so flowery with my words

Mark is very very interested in discussing the tribe dynamics with me either before or after Survivor airs tonight. I complimented him on his Survivor trivia of course smile I am continuing my relationship with Ryan Huckla, my bff and I hope he doesn’t get voted out tonight.

hmmmm. Vincent Chavarria? You’re scared of my social game? I’m sorry. You really don’t know how scared you’re going to be of it grin I am not invincible, but I am mighty sneaky and can scramble like eggs

MARK,

Confessional:

So that last challenge made us all feel like a tribe again. I really had to take a leadership role, but I’m proud of our performance. I came up with a plan, we executed. We listened to each other, and we endured.

Apart from that it’s pretty chaotic.

Vincent is paranoid that Raz has been claiming the penalty idol, possibly even HAS the damn thing and isn’t telling us, despite him being in our alliance.

Right now we’re thinking of rotating the person who claims the idol just so we can ‘have a look’ at what happens when we request one.

The alliance appears to be myself Brian and Vincent, with Angie O and Raz as 4th and 5th wheels. Vincent doesn’t appear to trust Raz though.

While Angie MacNeil is technically outside of my alliance, I’m still talking to her. She’s great to talk to and we have a sort of bond over both being Canadian, but I’m always aware she could be playing me totally.

She’s telling me things like ‘I hear Umut was looking to blindside me as revenge for a past ORG so I’m grateful you guys booted him’. Also that there’s players who have pre-existing relationships that will keep them from voting each other off. She may be right, but I don’t know how much of it to trust. I’ve lied to her about my voting intention, and she’s played me and Brian for fools, so I have less reason to trust her.

But I still want her to feel she’s on my side, if only so I can get a wide range of information.

I’m also trying to reach out to Renee and Gerome, right now while Land is at Tribal Council. I haven’t spoken to either of them yet in private and I don’t want to be one of those jerks in politics who only talks to you when there’s votes to be had. So far I haven’t heard anything back from either of them. Gerome is especially quiet, though he did show for the challenge.

MacNeil seems to want to setup Raz again. She may get her wish, but I’m not going to let her friendly personality keep me from voting her off if necessary.

Vincent now tells me Raz and MacNeil had a showmance for two whole ORG seasons.

Man feels like I’ve entered some sort of gangster family and everyone wants to use me to fight their battles. I’m glad to be useful though!

MATT,

Confessional Time – ok, Logan, so I am so happy I ended up on Land Tribe! These guys are active and fun and so far have really kicked butt in challenges. By the way, you are welcome for not having to edit my confessionals. I dont know how you managed to do it after reading last season and knowing Kim!! Anyway, that first challenge, was pretty impressive I think by both tribes. I was at my sons football game when I checked on my phone and these guys had already deciphered and completed the challenge. The only thing was the tiebreaker. Great strategy there thinking the other tribe wouldn’t expect us to complete so soon. Anyway, I got myself if a bit of a pickle talking to Vincent recently. He and I were in another game together and was hoping w ewere gonna be able to work together this game. i was warning him about obvious alliance on the his tribe from the survivewar game and how he needed to take them down. HE was part of that game and alliance!!! Ooops! This second challenge was going to be tough for me since it was posted while was supposed to be travelling to houston. Thankfully you were a bit late in posting and it allowed me to get in on the act a bit. But once again, the tribe had already started workign the answers and I wasn’t really needed. I coulda helped quite a bit cause useless (or semi- useless trivia) is a hobby of mine! Anyway, I was able to participate in the posting part AND I found a couple of errors in the canswers so I feel I pulled my weight a bit. Now who are the laggers??? Well, only one comes to mind – Jason. He hasn’t been part of either challenge and he has caused a bit of controversy by calling out Heeral after we awarded her immunity (by the way, that whole pick the winner so as not to cause discontent in the chopping challenge was my idea – no matter how “colluded” you may think it was. I felt pretty good that we were able to do that and not cause any issues with who chopped who first. Now I DID notice that Anne chopped Heeral once anyway, no clue what was up with that) Anywhooo, Jason made a comment in the public tribe chat that he didnt really want heeral to win. Of course, she saw it. I played it off like a joke, but he wasnt joking unsure . If we happen to lose this challenge – and there is NO WAY we will, then I suspect he will be out. We shall see . . .

Well, I am going to go ahead and vote. No since holding off. I am voting for Jason this round. he didnt participate in either challenge and in the last one he said he would be here to help and wasn’t. He’s also cause a bit of uncessary drama in the house so it’s an easy for me to make. Inactivty AND drama – you gotta go!

As for this challenge. I hate we lost by so close a vote. i wasn’t on when the team began to answer the questions and so i didnt take the time to review them until we began our posting. i corrected one that was wrong then but didnt think to go back and check the earlier ones. I wish I had for sure now! No one to blame really for that. but since we had so much time we probably shoulda checked a few more. Oh well.

RAZ,

i want to penalize upsa tribe

!$_@.@UPSA PENALTY IDOL@.@_$! let them find this one too if they claim penalty they will throw themselves into a tc and we have some unfinished business since they tried to blindside me as first boot
RYAN,

Round 1 Confessional- OH BOY! Going into this game I knew only a few people, like enough to almost use all my fingers on my right hand. Everybody else was new, and for some I saw them before on other Survivor pages. Going into the tribe forming I wanted to end up with at least 2 of the 3 people I knew going into the game, luckily I did and those 2 being Heeral and Luke. This was perfect for me as I can get to know Luke better and bring him closer to me, and continue to have Heeral working with me till I have to cut her loose. For a round 1 things could not have gone better for me. I control the mutiny, we have a clear first target being Jason after he called out Heeral for not liking him, and I have a 5 person alliance which includes; Heeral, Luke, Clayton, Jessica, and myself. With Jessica in possession of the idol or at least what she claims, then nobody else can have it and puts a bigger target on her not me. Hopefully our tribe can continue to kick ass in challenges as we have a good group here, and I do ’t want to vote most of them out just yet.

Round 2 Confessional- I can only think about how amazing things will be if they all fall into place. Right now I am in what I think a beautiful spot on my tribe. Everybody hopefully likes me, and I think I am close to taking full power of the tribe without anybody realizing its happening. Currently my alliance with Clayton, Jessica, Heeral, and Luke as the number power. However that leaves 4 people still up for grabs; Matt, Anne, Jason, and Andrew. Well my work is never done, currently I am trying to create an alliance with Andrew, Matt, Luke, and I…though the hard part is not making it look like I created it. Jason should be out this round, and hopefully Anne when we lose again. By that time I should have an idol of my own, and when it comes time to turn on the RHAPpers alliance (Jessica, Clayton, Heeral) I have perfect tools to use against them…the fact Jessica has the idol. Though I have to keep my cool, as building an alliance is like building a house of cards; one incorrect move and everything could crumble around me. I just have to keep my finger on the trigger

VINCENT,

Today I took out an ally.

It was definitely one of the hardest decision ever.
I may not know if this would help me in the long run.
So got to know a few people, started working together.
But when Umut left, i know it wouldn’t be that fun.

I keep telling myself, this is business as usual.
But in the long run, i must accept the fact
That i’m gonna be betrayed in some random tribal.
When that time comes, i wouldn’t know how to react.

So today i took out a friend.
Nothing else to do, but myself i must defend.
I hope it wasn’t personal to you or anything to that sort.
Coz tbh, if we were a solid seven, you wouldn’t be the resort.

So i hate pre-game alliances.
Makes the game quite sad, boring and senseless.
Umut, now I must say goodbye.
Coz today, I took out an ally.

uhm. penalty for an idol? please?

I AM SO FICKLE MINDED I DON’T WANT THE PENALTY ANYMORE.

sorry for bothering you almost everytime.

TRIBAL COUNCIL

TRIBAL COUNCIL #2

(ANDREW)-(ANNE)-(CLAYTON)-(*HEERAL*)-(JASON)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(MATT)-(mtRYANmt)

Asterisks indicate Heeral is wearing immunity. You cannot vote for her.

You MUST answer your questions otherwise the vote does not count.

ANDREW,

1. Let’s go back to the beginning of the game. Many of you elected Clayton to be the leader. What is it about Clayton that led you guys to elect him?

Clayton is an outgoing & friendly guy. When you have someone that is confident enough to go out of his way to introduce himself to folk like he did, it gives you a strong impression that he will be able to take the reins of a group of people. I’m delighted with his election as the tribe that we ended up with is a great one.

2. You guys won the first immunity challenge at a record pace. What is it about this tribe that makes you guys come together so quickly in these tasks?

A will to succeed. We all want to do well & we understand the end goal. We also get on well with each other which is a great help. We never should have lost that challenge & I’m kicking myself for not double checking a lot of the answers.

ANNE,

1. What are your thoughts on how the tribal pick ‘em went down? Do you think the opposing tribe screwed up at all with who they chose?

No, I think that the “school-yard pick” went great. I think the tribes are good the way they are.

2. There’s still seventeen people left in this game, but yet every person in this game is extremely active. How the heck do you vote in this situation?

Well there’s obviously one that is the least active we just gotta find the one and vote him or her out if we’re all on the same level of activeness then yeah, it’ll be a hard vote.

CLAYTON,

1. You were elected as captain. In three seasons, the captain is the first one booted from the tribe. What have you done differently that will keep you alive longer than previous captains?

well thanks for the statistics. I think our tribe is different. We work as a team. While I was named captain I don’t think that role exists with our tribe. Each of us seem to take turns leading in certain areas in certain times. It’s nice. We are not like Upsa. Who decided to blindside someone for the sole purpose of entertainment it seems. At least I hope we aren’t, LOL

2. You were awarded information regarding the final hidden immunity idol. Has anyone approached you about what this information could be?

first of all I hate idols. They make the game unpure and complicate things when they don’t need to be complicated. I like to think our tribe is focusing on winning right now. And No. Nobody has approached me. But i assure we will all know about it after this tribal and the rube can work towards deciding what to do with it.

By rube I meant tribe, lol

ME: “Clayton. . .the rube has spoken. It’s time for you to go.”

ME: Either that or I smuff somebody’s torch. LOL.

MATT: I’m glad I’m not the “rube”!! At least I hope not!

CLAYTON: Don’t scare me like that Logan! I thought u were serious…. Lol

HEERAL,

1. You finished fourth in the opening challenge to receive an item followed by suffering only one chop to win immunity. Do you think this will paint you as an early target?

As far as being picked 4th, for sure I could have a target. I tried not talking to many people on purpose so they WOULDN’T pick me but meh. It is what it is. As far as the chop one, that was luck so I hope that doesn’t put a target on my back.

2. For this round, you guys finished the challenge before Upsa. However, you answered several questions incorrectly. Do you think working fast will continue to backfire in the future?

JASON,

1. You messaged me that you were making food, only for it to be the exact moment when I posted the challenge. Do you think that bit of bad luck could be the difference in a vote where no weak links stand out?

I was on @ 1:30. I assumed thats when s— would start. I was starving didn’t eat all day. I don’t see us having a weak link in this tribe. tonights vote is gonna be hard even though its the first.

2. Or am I wrong? Are there weak links in this tribe?

Are there weak links in this tribe? A: No weak links. Other tribe just got luck.

JESSICA,

1. After two rounds, each tribe has won immunity once. Has the strengths and weaknesses of everybody in the game been exposed or is two rounds too early to judge someone’s worth?

this is still the beginng i dont think everyones strengths have been shown yet and same with weaknesses.

2. Do you think there is a chance that the person you are voting out this round could be misjudged?

there is a great possibility i mean we still are all learning about eachother

LUKE,

1. Does how the opposing tribe vote at Tribal Council influence how this tribe will vote in response to the opposing tribe’s actions?

I can;t see how the other tribes voting should influence the way we vote so i will not be influenced by them but i cannot speak for the rest of my tribe

2. If the tribe told you right now ‘Hey Luke, you’re gone,’ how would you respond?

hmmm well my first response would be to swear until i feel better then swiftly after i would get to work scrambling some eggs and getting some votes if you know what i mean.

MATT,

1. Does it agonize you that maybe it wasn’t the challenge that determined whether you guys won or lost, but rather that the penalty idol decided the outcome?

I guess I was assuming no one took the penalty idol. Maybe I am naive but. . . . What I am frustrated about is that I didnt take the time to double check more answers. I thought we did a great job pulling them together and posting them for sure and we were very careful about checking later answers, but we didnt start that until we were a bit into the posting. Had we corrected one or two of those answers, we would have been golden.

2. Do you think the penalty idol is the reason why this tribe lost?

See above, but NO I don’t. We are working really well together and there isn’t much reason for folks to push the panic button now. Maybe we got a bit overconfident. . . but we willl be back the next challenge.

RYAN,

1. You have your finger on a trigger. Have you put any consideration into how it should be used? Or is it too early?

It should be used for the best of our tribe, I would not use it without talking to the other memebers of the tribe. Right now I think it is too early, but who knows with these games.

2. Do you think the penalty idol has been claimed on your tribe?

Well I think we have a really strong tribe here, but I think we have found out that so does the other tribe. Both challenges have been close, and someone taking the idol could be the difference between winning and losing. To keep our tribe strong and winning I would hope that nobody tries for the idol.

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (LOGAN)

REASON: Logan. You made us wait an extra ten hours for the results you jerk. I simply don’t have the patience for you. This game is best to drop you and continue on without you. I know you’re tryin’ man, but I’m like a hare and you’re a turtle. Except the part where the turtle wins in the end. Because you’re a host and that can’t be an outcome. Anyways, see ya!

Alright. Heeral has immunity. You cannot vote for Heeral. Everybody else is fair game. Between now and 130am eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Land tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

VOTE: (JASON)

REASON: Despite my best efforts, Jason is going to be the majority vote, providing I don’t get voted out, so I can’t afford to rock the boat. In an ideal world, I’d be voting for Anne because I’m pretty sure there’s a powerful triumvirate consisting of Heeral, Jessica & Clayton who intend to use Anne as a vote. Unfortunately, I can’t get a hold of Luke to see where he stands so Jason has to go

ANNE,

Jason, you’re a great guy. But you didn’t participate in the last challenge. As a result you’re going home. Sorry.

CLAYTON,

VOTE: (RYAN)

REASON: Ryan. I’m respecting your wishes. We need that rogue idol. I wanted to do it myself and thankfully you offered yourself up as the person who I will put my rogue on- to reduce the suspicion of an alliance. Hopefully I can deflect the attention off me an people will think its not me. But if they do think its me? Oh well. As long as our alliance stays in line we have the ultra majority after this vote. Hopefully no funny business happens… But it is Survivor.

HEERAL,

VOTE: (JASON)

REASON: It’s pretty simple, Jason said he was going to be there, but he wasn’t. Luke actually offered to me in private that if he was needed he would wake up early, but Jason didn’t even show up. Plus he’s not in my alliance and is an easy goat, so why not?

JESSICA,

My vote tonight is for Jason Fyke, he seems to be the odd guy out and not contributing to the tribe

LUKE,

VOTE: JASON

Reason: well first of all i dont feel that being an obnoxious person gets you far in life let alone a game where you need people to like you. secondly i dont like him

P.s im not sorry

MATT,

VOTE: Jason

REASON: He didnt participate in either challenge and in the last one he said he would be here to help and wasn’t. He’s also cause a bit of uncessary drama in the house so it’s an easy for me to make. Inactivty AND drama – you gotta go!

RYAN,

Vote: Jason

REASON: Jason somebody has to go first, and I would really prefer you to go over me. You called out Heeral early in the game, that put an easy target on you. Overall you have made it too easy to vote you out. Hopefully you will vote how I told you to, so at least you can help me once more before I toss you out. BYE BYE!

TRIBAL COUNCIL REVEAL

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxzU3wRZxcM

If anybody is playing a hidden immunity idol this round, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read, the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
SELF-VOTE:
.
(JASON)
.
One vote Jason.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jason,)
.
.
Two votes Jason.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jason)
.
.
.
Three votes Jason.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(JASON)
.
.
.
Four votes Jason.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(RYAN)
.
.
Four votes Jason, one vote Ryan.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Second person voted out of this game:
.
.
.
.
(JASON)
.
Jason, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

LUKE: Well that was unexpected.

CLAYTON: Well wow. Self vote even?

SNAGGLEPUSS: Hey, I trademarked that word if used at the end of a sentence, even!

CLAYTON: Bye fyke!

MATT: See ya Jason!

ME: I sense that it was an overwhelmingly easy vote for this tribe with the exception of the rogue vote.

With only sixteen left I can assure you of this– ain’t nobody going to be self-voting again anytime soon. I’m sure you don’t want to be back here again.

EXIT INTERVIEW

Jason was the only one to not complete his exit interview. We’ll never know his thoughts on being voted out. I’m sure we’ll all get over it.

FANTASY PICKS

BRIAN

1. HEERAL DESAI has immunity
2. ANGIE MACNEIL too early to boot her
3. JESSICA NICOLE
4. MATT HOOD
5. ANGIE HANCOCK
6. ANNE CURTIS won’t be an early target if active
7. MARK KALZER in a few weeks, you’ll be comparing him and me in your blog.
8. ANDREW MACASKILL
9. LUKE EVERITT
10. GEROME LATUMBO
11. RAZ VAN DAN
12. JASON FYKE
13. RYAN HUCKLA you wouldn’t give immunity triggers to beloved players.
14. RENEE HIGLEY
15. CLAYTON SPIVEY will history repeat again?
16. VINCENT CHAVARRIA
17. BRIAN GRIFFIN for no reason whatsoever!

LISTER

1. Ryan Huckla (Land)
2. Luke Everitt (Land)
3. Brian Griffin (Upsa)
4. Heeral Desai (Land)
5. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
6. Matt Hood (Land)
7. Angie Hancock (Upsa)
8. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
9. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)
10. Clayton Spivey (Land)
11. Renee Higley (Upsa)
12. Jessica Nicole (Land)
13. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
14. Anne Curtis (Land)
15. Vincent Chvarria (Upsa)

DAVE

1 MATT HOOD
2 RYAN HUCKLA
3 ANNE CURTIS
4 CLAYTON SPIVEY
5 JASON FYKE
6 ANDREW MACASKILL
7 LUKE EVERITT
8 JESSICA NICOLE
9 HEERAL DESAI

10 ANGIE MACNEIL
11 MARK KALZER
12 RENEE HIGLEY
13 BRIAN GRIFFIN
14 ANGIE HANCOCK
15 VINCENT CHAVARRIA
16 RAZ VAN DAN
17 GEROME LATUMBO

DAVID

17.ANGIE MACNEIL
16.ANNE CURTIS
15.JASON FYKE
14.BRIAN GRIFFIN
13.MATT HOOD
12.ANGIE HANCOCK
11.RAZ VAN DAN
10.ANDREW MACASKILL
9.GEROME LATUMBO
8.MARK KALZER
7.HEERAL DESAI
6.CLAYTON SPIVEY
5.JESSICA NICOLE
4.LUKE EVERITT
3.RENEE HIGLEY
2.VINCENT CHAVARIA
1.RYAN HUCKLA

KIM

17-Anne
16-Ryan
15-Raz
14-Jessica
13-Mark
12-Ohio
11-Luke
10-Brian
9-Macneil
8-Heeral
7-Higley
6-Fyke
5-Clayton
4-Vincent
3-Andrew
2-Gerome
1-Matt

MY BOOT PREDICTION

16: MacNeil

15: Anne

14: Clayton

13: Renee

12: Gerome

11: Jessica

10: Heeral

9: Vincent

8: Luke

7: Ryan

6: Angie

5: Mark

4: Matt

3: Raz

2: Brian

1: Andrew

4.3 SCWL 4 Episode 3

OCTOBER 11, 2012 –  October 14, 2012

“Crayola, the tribe has spoken.”

Immunity Challenge III: Draw It–Objective Edition!

Winners: Upsa

Why?: Heeral confused right with left. . .and Anne submitted hers last minute incorrectly.

Penalty Idol Requests: Andrew and Brian. No fake code for Land means Andrew knows it is taken. Raz leaving fake code tricks Brian. Vincent and MacNeil withdrew.

Voted Out: Anne (6-1-1 with Heeral and Jessica receiving rogue votes)

EPISODE THREE BLOG

RECENT CONTROVERSY

It turns out what I thought was a penalty idol request cancelation at the time from MacNeil during round two was misinterpreted.

So I’ve been thinking ‘What if?’ in terms of how that changes the game. That means Upsa could lose a couple additional immunity challenges because of the added penalties they would suffer in each challenge. Brian and Raz request the idol in round three, thus the Upsa idol is still out there. The round four situation stopped the penalty idol twist. Then in round five Raz would have had the idol. On paper things may have not changed at all. But then again, who knows how the game would play out in this new timeline, particularly with Brian. But would he be targeted later on anyway? We’ll never know.

Because of how many times people back out on their request at the last minute, and at times giving vague answers, I will prevent people from backing out on their request in the future and make them send a message saying “I request the penalty idol”. Another thing in this series that is finally black and white once and for all.

MOVING ONWARDS

MacNeil is once again in survival life. She is once again scrambling with all players to stay alive in this game. Heck, even people from the opposing tribe is being brought into the equation. If a Mutiny Trigger was used, there would have been a great chance of MacNeil switching this round. However, because both tribes were of equal strength, no one thought making the aggressive move would be a good idea.

ANDREW REPLACES MATT

This is the second biggest thing to come out of this episode. Matt seemed to have the seventh spot solidified while Andrew was eighth. Thanks to Andrew being recruited by the counter-alliance, and trying to gain the trust of Clayton and Jessica, somehow Andrew has cracked his way into the main tribal alliance. Which pretty much appears to consist of everyone except Matt at this point.

It doesn’t seem like Matt senses this shift whatsoever. A guy who wins his first three games in a row is the one on death row with a blindfold on. Would anyone have predicted this? And does he have the skills to avoid this fate? He will need other players to perform poorly in the next couple of challenges to make Matt necessary. He’s not guaranteed to be eliminated. Not yet. Considering Andrew is being picked up on the condition to help Ryan, Luke, and Heeral, I sense Land is about to crumble.

DRAWING CHALLENGE

I have rarely done challenges where players are required to draw in Paint. We had one challenge post-merge in SCWL 1 during the round where Brian quit, and a follow-up use for the medley in SCWL 2. Other than that, I’ve had nothing for you. In the ORG Universe, challenges that require using Paint are usually subjective. Coming up with an objective challenge was difficult. When I wrote the challenge out there was five revisions of it. It is entirely different from its original state.

What was its original state?

It was supposed to be a mix of the painting challenge from Celebrity Mole: Yucatan combined with the Draw It! craze of the summer of 2012. I headed more into the Draw It direction and brought in an element from the SCWL 1 challenge.

WHAT MADE IT DIFFICULT

I had a fair amount of distracting stimuli. Many players were complaining about ‘why is there so much in the screen cap,’ but it was a test for players to put aside the extra stimuli and focus on what the instructions wanted players to do. Overall it worked because nobody received a perfect score.

GEROME’S ARTWORK

Easily the best picture of everyone’s in the game. I was amazed someone could do that with Paint. Speaking of Gerome, he is on nobody’s radar for the time being. He is in a new core with Raz, Angie, and Vincent. With Renee attached to Vincent, and Brian with Mark somewhere. MacNeil is the only clear outsider at this stage. I’m curious if everyone’s alliances is tied to Raz and Angie in the middle. Simply because Brian-Mark are on one side, Vincent-Renee on another, and Gerome overall held in good faith. Yeah, I’m getting a headache trying to figure that tribe out.

VINCENT AND RENEE’S FINAL TWO ALLIANCE

According to Vincent, his true Final Two is with Renee. I’m curious if Renee submits a confessional later on regarding this F2 deal. I am sure Raz and Angie have a F2 deal of their own. On Land, I would say Heeral and Ryan have one as well as Jessica and Clayton. Anne likely thinks she has one with Clayton.

ANNE’S HICCUP

Despite being online for most of the challenge, Anne waited until the final hour to submit. Her submission had nothing to do with the challenge regardless of the overall instructions, the examples given, and her tribemates helping her out. I asked her immediately to revise it, but heard nothing. Then the deadline came. Other players initially screwed up, but they did it within the first couple hours and everything was fine after that. Anne put it off until the final minute after a day or so to end up with a score of zero. This is the break Matt and Andrew were likely looking for.

BRIAN PICKS UP THE FAKE IDOL

Because Raz has possession of the real idol, he held off requesting for once. MacNeil backed off requesting it at the last minute because I have a feeling she knew she would have been gone if she requested it and lost the challenge anyway. So Brian has the fake idol. Does he think it is real? Who will he tell? And how will this impact the game? I s’pose we’ll find out later. All we know for now is that MacNeil escapes elimination for the second round in a row.

Suddenly Upsa has gone from one member down to one member up. The first of its kind in SCWL.

HEERAL VS ANNE

Heeral and Anne were responsible for the loss. As they go one member down, everyone is re-thinking their plans to avoid heading into the merge in the minority. Seeing how Anne already targeted Heeral during Coconut Chop, I am certain everyone assumed these two would vote for each other. One has to go for the overall benefit of the tribe. Anne apologizes and posts publicly that the challenge was stupid. Heeral laughs it off and doesn’t seem too tense about her error.

Luckily I don’t have a vote in this matter. 🙂

CLAYTON AND JESSICA CAVE; VOTE NOT CLOSE

Anne was never going to vote for Clayton or Jessica. She made it quite clear that she would always be with these two. The only question heading into this vote is if Clayton and Jessica would protect her to preserve a key vote for future Tribal Councils. However, Anne was weak in the challenge. It’s the age old Survivor dilemma of ‘Loyalty vs. Challenge Strength’. Anne is far more loyal but Heeral is stronger in challenges. Being one member down makes this dilemma very difficult to negotiate. Clayton and Jessica go ahead and are fully on board with eliminating Anne. With that, the vote is unanimous.

ROGUE IDOL CLAIMED

After voting for Ryan and Jessica, Clayton has the rogue idol. Since Jessica has an idol of her own, this makes Land’s next TC very interesting. The counter-alliance may pick up Matt as well. Everyone knows Clayton and Jessica could have one if not both idols. These two are in trouble far earlier than they ever expected. We could very well see one if not both idols used and/or eliminated at Land’s next TC.

RYAN AND ANDREW AT THE CENTRE OF POWER

All of a sudden it has become clear that these two have a grip on the tribe, and possibly with players from the opposing tribe. As the relationships stand as of this round, I am picking Ryan and Andrew to team up and dominate the rest of this game as they work both tribes. There is not much reason for them not to do so. Neither have committed social suicide, and neither player is in danger anytime soon. But this season has been tipsy-turvey that a bold prediction may be foolish.

CLASSIC TWIST RETURNS

Next round, a twist that didn’t have much effect last season will be making a return. This time it has been changed to play out slightly better if things go awry.

CONFESSIONALS EPISODE THREE

ANDREW,

I wish to penalize the tribe

BRIAN,

also I wanna request the penalty idol

CLAYTON,

Day 11: I am absolutely furious. Furious. Anne sits on does her damn intros every damn Monday and she can’t turn in the damn challenge? And we lose because of it? Not acceptable. I’m not going to look out for someone who can’t even turn something in. I mean I was practically baby sitting her! I reminded her multiple times to do it. She said “later”. Later? As in never? Sorry. We is a nice girl and I like her BUT its an easy vote. Anne you have to leave. Please for Christs sake. It just sucks. I’ve never been on a winning tribe and I couldn’t stand not having some majority this time. It BLOWS. I plan on voting rogue this time again. If I do I get the idol because the other tribe has not had the chance to rogue it twice. So that’s a positive. It’s just infuriating we could have won if she would have just done what she needed to!

Day 12: okay will we have some interesting developments. I knew I got the s— end of the stick when I got the idol clue. I was essentially screwed. Since you were going to say I got a clue and then say later what it was, i had no choice. It didn’t matter if I took it. If someone else did they wold auto assume its me. An unfair turn of events that blew. But it is what it is so this round we are trying to fix some of it.

Me and the Rappers are trying to create some confusion in people’s minds as To who the rogue voter is. I am voting Jess. Heeral is voting for me. Adew assumes me and Jess are together. So he may not think I would vote for her. Obviously I can’t vote for myself. So doing this is a huge risk. Potentially allowing myself or Jess to be blindsided. But the way I see it… If I don’t try assume hint to turn sentiment about me having the idol around I am screwed regardless. Didn’t ask for it but its making my game infinitely much harder. Hopefully if all goes well I will get the idol, Anne will leave, AND people will not be so positive it is me

MACNEIL,

My conversation with Mark went very very well last night. You can’t really blame him for voting out Umut since he’s the only one who is really coming into this game not knowing anyone nor does he know the history of all the players on Upsa. I talked to him about Survivor for some time. I really hope the other tribe members talk Survivor (not org related) with Mark. He’s a huge fan and has interesting insights.
Anyways, I told him an important detail about this tribe and a dangerous one: Angie H will never vote out Vincent nor Razvan. Razvan is her “bro” and if anyone guns for Razvan, she’ll gun for them. She did not want to write Umut’s name down, but he gunned for Razvan.
When you get into a situation where people will never write other names down in a game, it’s so dangerous and Mark needs to know where he stands before he blindly votes with them again. Brian is a lost cause. He’ll just look at ya….ok type to you and lie like it’s nothing. He saved Razvan this round because Razvan saved him in a previous game. How sweet. *rolls eyes*
Razvan has the potential to have two idols since he knows about the rogue idol and keeps messaging for the penalty idol. He also has friends who will never vote him out. If people are not careful, Razvan could be quite successful in this game and we’ll be joining Umut for Pina Coladas.

At the end of the day, if it’s my time to go it’s my time to go in the event that we lose another challenge at Upsa. However, I will leave a bunch of bombs around camp LOL Why? I don’t know. Could be fun hehehehe.

Update: My talk with Mark last night?
Yea…I have concluded that I got no where. I thought We had a great talk last night and I was able to fill him in on tribe dynamics and yatta yatta. We were shootin the s— and bein real, you know, Canadians representing tongue Atleast I thought….

*sigh* It’s an hour of my time that I’m never getting back!!! Atleast I had good wine throughout the conversation. It was Canadian wine called Sawmill Creek! grin
Today I said to Mark”now based on our conversation from last night, isn’t it obvious that Vincent, Razvan, and Angie H are in a tight alliance and plan to go to the end together just from looking at our tribe page?” (Razvan has a picture of himself and Angie H is all la la la my bro and Vincent is joking around)
He said “No, it’s not obvious at all.(he wasn’t being sarcastic) Then he said “why didn’t you mention this to me for the first vote?”

I said in a nice way “well, I thought him being very active about random stuff but not participating in the challenge, him having a broken computer and basically being the weakest link was reason enough to vote him out in the tribal stage of the game and in the first vote where I don’t know you mysterious Mark that I’ve never met before.”

duh…..Why would I tell you EVERYTHING on day 3? I am sorry I made the false assumption that you had any common sense.

*Crickets*

My last card is asking Renee to show Mark her conversation with Vincent where he tells her everything being the “ballsy” player that he is.

If that doesn’t work, the Mark train is gone and I have to try my best at an idol/being all buddy buddy “magic” 6 alliance with Renee, Gerome, Razvan, Vincent, and Angie H. Can I just play one game without a Dragu brother? LOL

cool! Let me finish my pizza and I’ll be right on that!

holy s—, what is this….after the badass convo I had with Razvan I hope it’s something to do with an idol. I’m making a video confessional about that dumbass soon.

I would like to penalize my tribe to get the penalty idol grin

too bad you went to bed like a little child Razvan

so yes, I’d like to penalize my tribe

OMG I’M A HUGE FAN OF THE OFFSPRING!!!!

It’s like he knew….

ANYONE who plays in orgs knows what a reputation can and cannot do for you. Whenever a cast list gets released, many messages go off saying “you should watch out for” or “that person is great” and other variations of their org profile.

Well, I received a message from someone warning me about Ryan Huckla and how sneaky he is. Sneaky he is indeed grin He says that he’s close to pulling that mutiny trigger and I have a strong belief that if Upsa loses and I ask him, he may just do it grin

If Upsa loses and I claim the penalty idol and mutiny to the other tribe with Gerome and Renee (or not..they might not want to leave) with an idol? It’s a whole new game for Angie M and Razvan’s alliance can eat each other and not make the merge.

Go big or go home indeed

hmmm Razvan knows about my special item. Now, who betrayed me?
Umut?
Vincent?
Renee?
Gerome?
Those were the ones that I told. Razvan could be bsing that he knows my special item hehhee
Razvan can re-assure me all he wants that I’m not next but I’m not an idiot.
I’m going to go to this tc. We made an agreement that I’ll show him my vote that is not for him so that he trusts me again. I will show him the vote that is not for him which is one of the sheep Brian/Mark.
However, it’s going to be a fake vote and my real vote will be the random one I put in right away to get the rogue idol. If all goes as planned I could get the rogue and penalty idol this round.
After I get the rogue idol, I will send Ryan Huckla a message. He’s ready to pull the trigger whenever I give him the ok tongue

This is dirty stuff but this is what you get for isolating your tribe members, Razvan

Dammit, I have a conscience

Can I take back my penalty request? I feel bad doing this to Gerome. He went out of his way to help two tribe members

and I don’t want his work to go in vain

I love that kid too much

We won again smile I think I made amends with Razvan as well. We made a deal that if Renee, Gerome, and myself show him our votes that are not for him, he will trust us again and start over officially. As I said before, he knows about my jury twist and I hope that he sees the value in that to keep me for the merge.

Or perhaps he’s just making me feel comfortable because he’s figured out that I could be chatting with Mr. Huckla tongue OR that if we all make merge together, I could flip and vote with the other tribe. Isolating your tribemates is never good in a game and flat out telling them that you’re worried about them or don’t trust them is like a suicide phrase.

Regardless, I love these immunity wins because I don’t have to run around being sneaky and evil grin It makes me happy that I decided to do the right thing and retract my penalty thingy. If we had a tc today, I wouldn’t have been around anyways because I have a wedding to go to

Now that I think of it lol my words are a little harsh but my actions aren’t that evil LOL
I can’t even penalize my own tribe LOL

Silly me!!! Time for team ying yang to be djs!!!

RYAN,

Round 3 Confessional #1- CLAYTON THE SNEAKY MOTHERF—ING SNAKE!!! So he tells us the third idol goes to whoever gets 2 rogue votes, well then you post that it is whoever casts the 2 rogue votes. I caught him, and that don’t make me happy…and nobody likes me when I’m not happy. At this rate I will probably beackstab Clayton and Jessica sooner than I wanted. Well if we lose again Anne is going home, I’m just at a point I need to check myself before I make a mistake. I can’t let Clayton know what I know, or I might put a target on myself…or a bigger one.
VOTE: Clayton

REASON: You voted for me telling me the the rouge vote reciever gets the idol, however you lied to me and so now is return I will send one your way as well. Will this take you out of the game? no. It is time for Anne to go after her performance in the last challenge…oh and for me to take control over over the tribe. But I won’t expect you to see that.

VINCENT,

Weakest Link

You’re being funny;
Mischievous, pretty Angie.
Shooting cute smileys.

You’re so dangerous;
Too social, and glamorous
Yet never serious.

Fun loving lady,
Working with you, quite hardy.
But voting? easy!

I enjoy our chats;
But the game, not same format.
We don’t work out <- that.

But spoke to Renee.
We will face, everybody.
Final 2, baby.

Oh! Mark and Brian.
With me, Renee, now even.
Four-way group? Given.

Raz and Ohio
Indestructible duo.
Me with them? Oh no!

Gerome my buddy.
Enjoyed, the pics of Eevee.
Eyes on you, steady.

Then we have tribe Land.
Vote out one from Wackyland.
One guy’s journey, end.

oh la la.

we won immunity.
but sooner we’ll send home miss angie.
omg but weekends gonna be so happy.

Raz has idol.
Brian has fake.
I have Renee. yay.

I hope our tribe’s gonna be united.
all the way through merge

the challenge was exciting
i thougt we were losing
but GAAAWD my heart was pounding

TRIBAL COUNCIL #3

(ANDREW)-(ANNE)-(CLAYTON)-(HEERAL)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(MATT)-(mtRYANmt)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)

You must answer your TC questions for your vote to count.

HEERAL: HAHAHAHA “the rube” i love the reasons to vote out Logans!

CLAYTON: Deadline?

ANDREW,

1. Second loss in a row. Suddenly you’ll be in the same position as Upsa was after round one. How is this vote different from the previous round?

It’s not different at all. The tribe has to stay strong in challenges. I was not an advocate of Jason going home last round but that was the group consensus. Once more I am advocating that we vote out our weakest tribe member in challenges. Otherwise we are just signing our own death warrants. I’d much rather stand up & try to keep the tribe strong (possibly putting myself in danger) than keep quiet, keep weak players & then just end up being voted out with a whimper later down the road.

2. Is there anyone who stands out as a leader on this tribe?

There isn’t & maybe that’s a problem. In saying that, you only want a leader for challenges & in the two challenges when we needed to work together, I though we worked really well. It’s just that in the second challenge, we should have asked if we could edit answers. I, for one, thought that they were locked in & that was a mistake on my part for not checking with the host. A leader would have made no difference in this challenge because everyone had to step up individually

ANNE,

1. Well, there’s one topic we can’t really ignore–the immunity challenge. What exactly happened there?

2. Do you think that alone could lead to the tribe eliminating you this round?

CLAYTON,

1. Do you think Anne’s performance will be exploited by the other players? Or are there other dynamics in the tribe that will supercede what went down in the challenge?

I don’t like he word exploited because it rings negative to me. But of course her performance will be a huge factor in how the vote turns out. It’s hard to find something that supersedes it but people may have their own agendas.

2. Is the decision of who to vote out easier or harder than what it was last round?

Oh geez. I think it’s in a sense harder. Cause we are going down to 7 people against Upsa. So any vote we make is detrimental to our numbers. I just didn’t want us I have to be here again.

HEERAL,

1. It’s still early in the game. Do you players are intentionally fading into the background in this tribe as a selfish move to keep themselves moving forward?

Honestly, I don’t think any of us are fading into the background. We are all strong players and everyone has been active when they need to be and been able to sit back and take “orders” if you will, when needed.

2. You were the only person besides Anne to make a mistake in this challenge. Granted it was a five point difference, but is there a part of you that feels for Anne? Or is it ‘hey, at least I scored a point’.

Sure I feel for her, but mine was just an honest mistake. I read the question wrong. Maybe I just need to go back to kindergarten to learn my left and right.

JESSICA,

1. After this round there will be seven people on this tribe. How aware do you think players are of knowing where they stand in this tribe?

I think each round perhaps with the numbers dwindling, people may become more aware of where they stand. the only thing one knows for sure is themselves

2. If you lost points in this challenge, how would you react publicly?

i dont think i would do anything harsh. i would overreact alla russell swan. All i can do, or all anyone can do is apologize.

LUKE,

1. Here’s the obligatory question about the penalty idol–do you think anyone has claimed it on this tribe?

i have no idea all i know is i haven’t claimed it yet

2. There was the announcement of the rogue idol earlier this round. I’m sure your mind leaped to the rogue vote for Ryan. Any suspicions of who cast that vote?

im suprised about the idol yes but no im not sure on who cast the rogue vote

MATT,

1. Which is the greatest asset at this point–Challenge strength or loyalty?

I think at this point in the game it is tribe strength. I am big believe in unity of the tribe working together. Of course you have to have some level of loyalty as well particularly with the types of twists you are throwing at us (penalty idols and rogue vote idols make it hard to keep people from thinking of themselves vs the tribe).

2. Do you think who knows each other prior to the game will affect how this season plays out?

Well I am sure that the Upsa tribe had a premade alliance which is why they all ended up on the same tribe. Our goal has to be to stay strong and make them eat each other before the merge so that we can overcome that.

RYAN,

1. Are you increasingly paranoid this round after the rogue vote last round?

I have heard names about who through the vote at me, and I understand. I’m not paranoid to begin with, because I know we have a good tribe here, and that I can trust them.

2. What is the most threatening thing about the opposing tribe at this point?

That they will have one extra member after this round, we are an all around stronger and better tribe. After this we will need our 7 best members left, so I can really only see one person going home.

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: You made us play Draw Something. Meanwhile I’m going to play Vote Something! LGJDONMVBAN. Give up? Long hair, now cut. A beard. Give up? The answer is you, little owlet! Bring me your torch. The rube has spoken.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

Vote: Anne

Reason: She’s the weakest in challenges & has to go. Not doing the challenge when you have as long as she did & plenty of free time is inexcusable. My lack of confidence in her is the reason I went for the idol. I fully expected to lose that challenge. Unfortunately, looks like Clayton or Heeral beat me to it. Hopefully I get my way & I don’t get taken out instead. Happy to push for this to happen though because if she stays, the tribe is screwed. Hopefully the majority see this & appreciate that her loyalty is not worth our tribe being decimated

ANNE,

Heeral, you’re the only other person who screwed this challenge besides me and you’re also a threat. Better you than me, let’s hope this works meaning I stay and you go!

CLAYTON,

VOTE: (JESSICA)

REASON: I know Jess. Never vote for your ally. But we need the heat off of me. And it was partly your idea and you consented. If me or you go I am sorry. But we both agreed it was worth the risk cause if we don’t it was my head eventually. Love you JFrey!

HEERAL,

VOTE: ANNE

REASON: I get that the challenge was hard but we all did it and the night before you said you weren’t going to do it but then when you start it you do it so close to the deadline. Sorry. I wanted to keep you longer, but this screwed you over

JESSICA,

My vote tonight is for Anne. she simply didnt perform making this an easy vote.

LUKE,

ok VOTE: ANNE

REASON: we cant lose challenges so early in the game due to inactivity

P.s: this vote i am sorry about

MATT,

VOTE: Anne

REASON: Well it’s obvious. She had plenty enough time to do the challenge. I even talked to her in the morning and she said it was “too early” to do it. then it was she didnt understand and she was in the shower. geez. if you dont know, ask. Our tribe was talking and explaining about the challenge all night and day. And then there was the weird chop of Heeral by her in the coconut challnege when we agreed not to. I”m sure she’ sthe rogue Ryan vote too. Anyway, too many odd behaviors to be trusted.

RYAN,

If I can change my vote, I choose to vote for Anne.

Anne you lost the challenge for us, and I want you gone. Don’t say the challenge was stupid, because everyone else had no trouble with the challenge. Buh BYE!

Vote: Anne

TRIBAL COUNCIL REVEAL

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H0Q6h_hJn3o

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Once the votes are read, the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Anne)
.
One vote Anne.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(Heeral,)
.
.
.
One vote Anne, one vote Heeral.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
(JESSICA)
.
.
.
One vote Anne, one vote Heeral, one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(ANNE)
.
.
Two votes Anne, one vote Heeral, one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(ANNE)
.
.
Three votes Anne, one vote Heeral, one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
Third person voted out of SupaCooWackyLand:
.
.
.
.
(Anne.)
.
.
Anne, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

ME: Well, back to back losses. However, you seem to have dropped your least active members. Both tribes have now experienced being one member. The only question is can you turn it around and make Upsa suffer that fate once again? Who knows with what lies ahead.

ANNE EXIT INTERVIEW

So you were just booted. Probably not terribly happy. It’s the perfect time for your exit interview!

1. You didn’t send in confessionals so I’ll try to obtain as much information as possible from you here lol. Were you trying to get picked by Upsa or Land in particular? Or were you waiting around for someone to pick you by chance?

I didn’t care which tribe I ended up on, as long as I ended up with someone I knew

2. During the Coconut Chop, you were the only one to chop Heeral in the challenge. Later on you voted against her at Tribal Council. Was there conflict between you and Heeral during the game?

I saw Heeral as a threat because I know that every ORG I’ve seen her play in, she always goes far.

3. You were fairly quiet throughout the game, from what I observed anyway. Were you able to develop relationships with all of the players on your tribe?

I had a good relationship with most of my tribemates. I was quiet because I’m like Purple Kelly only I never quit

4. Did you ever entertain the thought of saving Jason from the tribe’s first Tribal Council?

No he was the inactive one

5. What was the strongest alliance you made during the game?

I made a pretty strong alliance with Clayton which continued until I was voted out. If I ever play another ORG with him, I’d definitely align with him again.

6. There was a fair amount of people that knew each other prior to the game. Did that cause you to avoid anyone in particular or help you make an automatic alliance with somebody?

Yes, if I made it to the merge, I woulda avoided Angie MacNeil, she’s a nice person outside of the game but in the last game I played with her, she was like Kim and Russell combined

7. In the last round, you said you weren’t too fond of the challenge. What were your issues specifically with the challenge?

I’m just not a fan of drawing or using paint.

8. Do you think you would have survived the round if you had scored points during the challenge?

Yes

9. If so, who would’ve been voted out instead of you?

I don’t know maybe Heeral

10. What was your take on the hidden immunity idol twist surrounding this season?

I don’t know I never got the full idea for it.

11. Who do you want to be voted out next? Who do you think will be voted out next? Who do you think will win? Who do you want to win?

I want Heeral gone next because she’s a threat, I hope they realize that.

12. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

They will soon realized they made a mistake and their tribe will crumble because of me.

On behalf of the production crew of SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

FANTASY POOL

DAVE

2 CLAYTON SPIVEY
4 JESSICA NICOLE
6 MATT HOOD
8 LUKE EVERITT
10 HEERAL DESAI
12 ANDREW MACASKILL
14 ANNE CURTIS
16 RYAN HUCKLA

BRIAN

1. Angie Hancock – Active enough for tribe game, goat enough for endgame
2. Angie MacNeil
3. RAZ VAN DAN – I like his name
4. Jessica
5. Heeral – should be higher?
6. Kalzer – I gotta stop moving him up!
7. Anne Curtis – once power struggle plays out will be a target
8. Brian G.
9. Renee H.
10. Clayton S. – survived one tc!
11. Matt Hood – no real reason he falls this far…
12. Luke
13. Gerome
14. Andrew
15. Ryan H.
16. Vincent – the tribe has spoken

LISTER

1. Ryan Huckla (Land)
2. Luke Everitt (Land)
3. Brian Griffin (Upsa)
4. Heeral Desai (Land)
5. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
6. Matt Hood (Land)
7. Angie Hancock (Upsa)
8. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
9. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)
10. Clayton Spivey (Land)
11. Renee Higley (Upsa)
12. Jessica Nicole (Land)
13. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
14. Anne Curtis (Land)
15. Vincent Chvarria (Upsa)

Poor Mark.

BOOT ORDER PREDICTION

15: MacNeil
14: Clayton
13: Renee
12: Gerome
11: Jessica
10: Heeral
9: Vincent
8: Raz
7: Mark
6: Matt
5: Luke
4: Brian
3: Angie
2: Ryan
1: Andrew

4.4 SCWL 4 Episode 4

ROUND FOUR

“You Betrayed Me, So I’ll Betray You”

October 14 2012 – October 17 2012

Special Challenge III: Another Dark Knight. Tribe to have the least number request individual immunity wins tribal immunity.

Individual Immunity Winners: Everyone on Upsa.

Tribal Immunity Winner: Land

Voted Out: Brian

Vote Count: 5-2 (MacNeil receives two votes)

Do I think another tribe will go to this extreme: No.

Did I expect anything like this to happen: Not particularly.

Does Not Playing a Fake Idol count as a blindside: Yes. Refer to SCWL 1.

BLOG

UPSA TRIBE RESETS

At the start of the round it appears MacNeil, Renee, and Gerome have reset to being in the Bottom Three (pardon American Idol terminology). Raz is at the centre of power as the remaining four surround him. Vincent is protecting Renee which leaves MacNeil and Gerome on their way out of the game. Upsa’s return to TC will be fairly straight forward if they lose. Meanwhile at Land. . .

HEERAL IS SO COMFORTABLE SHE SENDS IN A CONFESSIONAL

Yes, I have mentioned Heeral numerous times without her saying anything directly to me in the first three rounds. But out of the blue she sends a whopper of a confessional. This is likely because she is relaxed for the first time this season. Why is she relaxed?

Jason and Anne, the only two people to target her outright, are eliminated. She has positioned herself at the centre of the RHAPpers alliance with Clayton and Jessica on one side while Ryan and Luke are on the other side. However, she has close enough relationships that she is included in either duo rather than being used as a swing vote. I think this is what you call a winner’s game. She keeps this group of five to the end and she will be an extremely difficult player to eliminate. Neither duo will form a tighter alliance with the other duo, but Heeral can sneak into each duo and form a tighter bond.

IS RYAN THE ONLY CHALLENGER TO HEERAL?

Ryan is the only one adding allies from the periphery. MacNeil is prepared to work with him post-merge. And he has Andrew in his pocket more than Andrew seems to think he has Ryan in his. Ryan has his own network that could very well supercede anything Heeral is trying to pull. Heeral could be blind to Ryan’s plans if MacNeil can make it deep into post-merge.

But MacNeil needs to survive Upsa before Ryan’s stock skyrockets even more.

THE TWIST

We did this challenge last season. Everyone on both tribes refused individual immunity. I upped the ante to offer two rounds of safety but no one took it. The final tiebreaker was a race for a tribe to agree on who receives individual immunity a la Celebrity Mole Hawaii and Celebrity Mole Yucatan (also known as the 80 second difference where Stephanie and Jonas may have been sharing accounts. My word that was awfully suspicious.)

So what was I expecting this season? Well, since no one took the bait last season against all expectations I had, I entered the challenge thinking the same could very well be repeated. Clearly the price of sticking your neck out really far was not worth one or two rounds of safety.

CLAYTON SPELLS OUT WHY EVENTS TRANSPIRED THE WAY THEY DID

Clayton caught on to the secret of this challenge, and Survivor overall. This round prior to the challenge I believe he said something along the lines of “never let people know where they stand if they are at the bottom”. Assuming this confessional came in before the challenge started, it’s safe to say this foreshadowed how a twisted challenge like this works. If people know they are at the bottom, they will request individual immunity. If they think they have wiggle room or falsely believe they are in a position of comfort, they will not feel the need to request individual immunity.

LAND’S DECISION

Three of them re-iterated publicly on their board that they will not take individual immunity. Thanks to pressure from fellow tribemates and general consensus of safety and unity, nobody took immunity. Everyone seems keen on going to the top seven together. No discussion about possibly utilizing Mutiny Trigger either. I was expecting the Mutiny Trigger to be exploited this round. I suppose the challenge itself was more than enough to give everyone a collective headache.

CHAOS ON UPSA

Renee and MacNeil immediately request individual immunity. They convince Gerome knowing he could help them and is on the bottom as well. Against his will, Gerome requests it. Renee, realizing Vincent would be next in line to go, likely went to him to request individual immunity. So he did. Raz, figuring out everyone on the bottom would request individual immunity, told his allies to do so. Angie gave in. Brian gave in. Then at long last, Mark caved in knowing he would be one hundred percent gone if he didn’t do it. Mark and Gerome were by far the most hesitant but knew they were in a corner and didn’t want 50/50 odds of being dead in this game. Only Joseph Gordon-Levitt can survive those odds.

THE RESULTS ARE IN

It is the widest margin of defeat in a challenge since the second round of SCWL 3 or the first five challenges of SCWL 1. One hundred percent request it versus zero. I’m a bit curious if one person on Land could have gotten away with requesting individual immunity but able to survive multiple rounds after the vote. Or would that be a scapegoat who would need to be sent out next TC? I’m curious what would happen for a tribe who suffers only one or two requests rather all-in or all-out as we have seen both seasons.

Thanks to everyone requesting on Upsa, the individual immunities cancel out and therefore nobody is safe as they head to TC. They essentially volunteered to go to TC. I forgot how much of a parallel this is to Survivor: One World’s fourth round. Except Upsa members were smarter in this case–they had to do it out of defense because others already volunteered to lose the challenge. Meanwhile Manono went to TC without any personal gain.

MACNEIL MUST BE DEAD

Immunities cancel out. None of the penalty idol requests worked out. With all of the knowledge I had regarding Upsa’s dynamics, I expected it to be the most anti-climatic vote for the rest of the season. Since the moment Umut left camp, MacNeil always stuck out as a sore and vulnerable thumb. It’s the best decision for Upsa without descending into chaos.

DESCENDING INTO CHAOS

I was 150 to 200 percent shocked with what happened during Tribal Council. MacNeil and Raz pushed each other’s buttons. Raz called out his entire tribe. MacNeil called out Raz. Other players attempted to respond while not offering up their own position. The only one quiet during TC was Brian. And you think being silent during an exchange where the game is preparing to flip would be the best strategy.

But nope.

BRIAN GOES HOME. . .WHAT?

Some people switched to voting Brian because he was deemed the weakest overall in challenges. Add in the fact tribes are about to be dead even at seven, dropping the weakest member is a move that makes sense. However, many people didn’t seem to vote for that reason. It seems Raz struck a deal with everyone to vote out Brian. The minority gladly took the deal and suddenly Brian had a solid 5-2 vote against him. Judging by the vote reasoning, the minority wanted him out for voting MacNeil. But nobody in the majority really offers up an explanation.

What was my best guess to what happened? Renee likely worked Vincent to make him paranoid about Brian. Vincent was also worried that Brian’s fake idol was real (despite Renee and others being convinced Raz had the idol anyway). Vince probably went to Raz, and seeing how Vince and Raz trust each other greatly, the blindside was put into motion. I know it was a blindside because Brian didn’t play his fake idol.

Mark and Brian go from being outsiders to the centre of power to. . .outsiders. This tribe is complete bonkers. Brian is gone and suddenly Mark finds himself returning to square one.

He is effectively the new MacNeil who must rally socially and strategically.

TRIBES ARE EQUAL

If being 8-8 wasn’t enough in terms of a back and forth game, we are now 7-7. Upsa’s series of blunders benefitted a united Land. With at least a couple more immunity challenges to go, anything can happen in this game. Upsa certainly has proven that. Mark and Matt will have plenty of opportunities to rally if they accept they are in the seventh position in their own tribe.

CONFESSIONALS

ANGIE,

I will take the talisman

BRIAN,

I wanna request an immunity talisman

CLAYTON,

Day 13: YAY! I have the idol. More importantly me and Jess have both idols. And we both agreed not to send fakes out so nobody would get the fake penalty idol with the rules about giving the code out. Phew. It seemed to work. But I am a little bit angry that heeral supposedly typoed Anne’s name instead of mine in her vote because we were all skyping about Anne at the time she voted. Who knows if I believe that. But that undoes the me trying to get the target off my back as the roguer… Fail. Who knows if it was intentional on her part.

So today we got a “challenge”. I will be absolutely furious if someone for, pur tribe goes after it and we lose. Furious. No need for us to. We NEED to get a win here.i don’t think anyone on our tribe will because nobody in our alliance needs it. Matt posted about not doing it and he is all protribe. Andrew may but just like everyone else… He would be STUPID to do it because its public that you took it. Thus buying you one round but having us against you. Idk. Lets cross our fingers. I hope someone from the other tribe does it. PLEASE

Day 13: P.S.

This is me and Jess’s reaction to our current strokes of luck smile

Just realized there wasn’t a deadline for this take an immunity tallesman thing? I see it says 7-10pm est for a new challenge if nobody takes it. But no deadline for the first challenge, or is 7 the deadline? Lol

Day 14: YES! So happy our tribe stuck together and didn’t send in a claim for immunity. I’m pretty sure I know what the other tribe was thinking. I’m willing to bet money tribe Survivewar… Er Upsa… Is highly fractured. One alliance probably thought let all pick immunity and if we go to tribal we pick off the people from the other alliance. But the other alliance and did the same. Eithe way… None of them are immune so whoever is in the minority is going home unless some idol play occurs. Their tribe is a massive clusterf—. Survivor 101: DON’T LET PEOPLE KNOW THEY ARE ON BOTTOM! While our tribe members of Matt and Andrew surely have doubt in their position the votes have not confirmed that whatsoever.

Here’s hoping we win a couple and get down to 11 people. We assume, because of the what to expect document, that we will merge at exactly half way point. Meaning at 9 since there are 18 of us. I have not discussed this with my tribe mates but if at 11 we still have 7 and the other tribe has 4 I would consider throwing the challenge to get rid of Matt and Andrew so we don’t have to do dirty work once they are on merge. Specifically for my benefit since I would be backstabbing them unsure but that may not happen with hear folks

I hate autocorrect

GEROME,

This decision sucks.. but if i don’t do this… I might as well just bid farewell to this game now. I’m gonna claim the immunity logan

HEERAL,

So…I haven’t really done a confessional for you…so I probably should. You’ll come to find, I’m very bad with giving hosts regular confessionals. I should really just record google hangouts and skype calls for you. Everything is usually on there.

I’ll do this in parts. Revisiting some of the rounds I haven’t said much on yet. We’ll start with the schoolyard pick. I didn’t want to be leader, hell I didn’t want to get any votes, but as usual, I expected it. I was okay with 4th place though, I get some secret info. that could or could not help me…(still haven’t decided which one it is…thanks to you). Then came the actual pick. I was happy with Clayton winning. You see I have two alliances. One is with Luke, Brian and Ryan, love those boys so much! The other was with Clayton, who is also aligned with Jessica. Now Jessica and I haven’t really gotten along before, but we’re going to give this a chance. When it was my turn to pick, I was actually driving, but I’m also kind of glad I got out of having to pick. One because I had a bunch of people telling me to pick different people. Two I felt if I had to pick I would have picked Luke, who would have picked Ryan, who would have picked Brian and i would go directly to the bottom of that alliance. I told Claton, who is also aligned with Jessica. Now Jessica and I haven’t really gotten along before, but we’re going to give this a chance. When it was my turn to pick, I was actually driving, but I’m also kind of glad I got out of having to pick. One because I had a bunch of people telling me to pick different people. Two I felt if I had to pick I would have picked Luke, who would have picked Ryan, who would have picked Brian and i would go directly to the bottom of that alliance. I told Clay to pick Jess first, so that she could pick me, because if he picked me first I would have to choose between Jessica and Luke, which again would give away some alliance information, I don’t want out yet. So in the end, not choosing was also a blessing in disguise. The only bad side is that Brian got split from the group But hopefully if he survives until merge, we can work something out again. y to pick Jess first, so that she could pick me, because if he picked me first I would have to choose between Jessica and Luke, which again would give away some alliance information, I don’t want out yet. So in the end, not choosing was also a blessing in disguise. The only bad side is that Brian got split from the group frown But hopefully if he survives until merge, we can work something out again.

Then comes round 1. While we are all getting acquainted, we decide to have a tribal google hangout to talk with people. Turns out the only 5 people on the call are my two alliances. Luke and Ryan know I’m aligned with Clay and Jess but it’s not the same the other way around. I guess for now my true alliance is Luke and Ryan. But recently things have changed and the power lays on the other side of the table, so it’s going to be very interesting. I came up with the idea to build a mega 5 person alliance and that way I’m sitting pretty right in the middle and none of them will be going after each other and I won’t really be put into a tight position until it comes down to voting one of us off and even then CJ will want RL out and vice versa. As long as they don’t talk to each other >.> yikes!

We’ve realized this alliance holds a lot of power. I didn’t want jessica to get that first idol, but it is what it is. I couldn’t say I want to go for it while I was sitting with an immunity necklace, so we decided as an alliance to let her go for the penalty idol. I told RL (ryan and luke), I didn’t like that she had an idol so we need to be careful. The rogue idol, Clay has, but again, that side of the alliance now has WAY too much power for my liking. Originally my plan was to work with RL but if I have to jump ship to avoid being idoled out, I will. It’s the nature of the game eh? We’ve also realized that if we keep this 5 people together, and merge happens at the halfway point…there is no stopping us 5 to get to the final 5. Smooth sailing to the end, honestly. I may however try to get idols played earlier just to get them out of the way. It should be interesting.

There really isn’t much more to say game wise. Maybe later. This game is going too perfect though, so I’m very apprehensive. I was talking to Clay about it last night. I’ve never been in a game where the path has been so clear. I’m so scared of something coming in the way and ruining it. Mostly the mutiny though. The word mutiny scares me…so we’ll see what happens with it. That one trigger could be the end of my game.

JESSICA,

confessional: so the game is crazy, but im glad i got the idol. im hoping i can use it when i need to if my tribe keeps losing and i hopefully make the merge. Clayton shared with me his idol message clue which is great. its like that scene from little rascles where hes all ” i got a dollar” i got a dollar. but im saying idol. i really cant be that cocky. im trying to take this gameone day/challenge at a time and relax and be utr. i have positioned myself in an alliance with clayton and heeral who are two bigger threats than myself as well as ryan who is really nice but if need be i can make situations work for myself. and luke of course but later down the line, i know clayton is suspicious. i really want the final 5 to actually be the rappers alliance. im just really suspicous of the other tribe and what they will do because i know they have reputations of just over strategizing and playing and stuff due to survivorwar.

MACNEIL,

mmm my brain wants to work to strategize for this twist but I had such an amazing weekend outside of this game that I just can’t get back into it yet LOL Look at that! Shortest confessional so far

On second thought, I would like to take the bait and claim the individual immunity for a 1 in 14 chance lol

Razvan is just way too excited for this twist and I wouldn’t put it past him that he sent this message too to try to take me out. It’s our perfect opportunity to break up those 5 people as I know they now have a tight alliance.

My game brain has returned. Gerome, Renee, and myself have all messaged for immunity.
Time to play

Now, there are a few possibilities for what’s to come this afternoon:

1) Me, Renee, and Gerome are the only ones to claim immunity and Upsa goes to tc. In that case, the alliance of 5 gets eaten so I’m happy with voting out anyone. It’ll all come down to what the other 5 say for the best decision. It’s hard to tell who I want gone the most out of the 5:

Brian-Swore he voted Razvan and then he voted Umut because Razvan saved him in a previous game=weak!!

Mark-Just doesn’t reply to my strategy messages and can’t see how close Angie H and Razvan are even though she’s all bro bro bro heart heart heart on the main page.

Angie H: Will not vote out Razvan or Vincent. This becomes dangerous when those two guys are after me. Sweet lady. I would love to align with her someday in a future game, but not while these guys are in it.

Vincent: He’s STILL lieing to me and he thinks he can get away with it LOL. It’s starting to get insulting lol. He lied to me the most and betrayed me the most in the last vote. If he really wasn’t comfortable with Umut, he simply could have talked to me if he trusted me. He didn’t. Therefore, I know he’s genuine about trying to vote me out asap.

Razvan: This guy is so cocky and I’m shocked at the way he’s treated me, Renee, and Gerome. If you’re almost voted out first, the last thing you do is get all cocky and treat us like s— for voting for you. If you isolate your tribe members they will 1) scramble 2) claim immunity 3) try to mutiny or 4) flip at the merge. Good job Razvan LOL

I think the best choice is either Brian or Angie H in the sense that there’s always the possibility that Ryan Huckla won’t pull the trigger and we need a stronger Upsa for challenges. However, strategically the best vote is Razvan if we can pull Mark to our side and I can finally get him to clue in and see the light tongue

2) There’s always the possibility; however, that one of the 5 messaged for immunity as well. Let’s hope that doesn’t happen.

3) Land could have also more people messaging for immunity and they’ll go to tc. Not my ideal outcome as I think Huckla is on the outs and he could get voted out soon; however, we’d be 2 people up in numbers and maybe that’ll make him want to pull the trigger because he knows that there are three people on upsa on the outs.

I’ve written lots of confessionals so I’ll write it here again so that it’s easy to find lol

I am messaging you to take up the individual immunity hehehe

ouf, I have serious butterflies lol

My tribe sucks ass. Now I have to hope for a miracle with Brian and Mark or Ryan Huckla.

If anything, I loved playing this game

How I made it to the end of a game with Razvan without flying to Romania to kick his ass out of frustration is beyond me.

My vote is for Angie H. Rogue idol? Come to mama

Alright, lunch time and time to expand on my…comments. I had a few projects on the go:
-Ryan Huckla and the mutiny trigger
-talking sense into Mark and Brian
-keeping my cool with Razvan
-finding out where I stand with Vincent
-making sure that Gerome and Renee still trust me 100%

I came to the conclusion that Mark and Brian will never see the light. Never. I showed Mark the Solomon Islands page and even though it sort of works against me (because I was a sociopath in that game and I’m showing that to a player in this game) there is sooo much Razvangie Ohio love in there because he STILL doesn’t believe me that they’re in a tight alliance. These guys are not talking to me about the vote; therefore, they are probably talking to others about the vote. Oh look!!! They’re talking to Razvan about voting me out lol You’re welcome Beavis and Butthea- I mean Mark and Brian for the important information used to save you LOL

Razvan acted wild in this tc and it exposed his cockiness and wildness. He said he wanted to vote Renee, and suddenly he wanted a 5 person alliance with myself, Renee, Gerome, him, and Angie H to vote out Brian. Fishy? sure. Why does he want to go with people who attempted to vote him out? He says he’s following his heart and yatta yatta.He’s the only one who has come to us for a plan and Angie H said she’s voting Brian. She acts different when she’s hiding something from me in a game, and she’s telling me stuff this round. How do you know Angie H is doing something against you or lieing? When you ask her questions she’s like “I don’t know” “who knows” and “we’ll see”.

Vincent continues to be shady but with this Brian move, I hope to have the numbers to vote him out eventually. He lies to me like a carpet and I know he wants me gone this round. It’s too bad, really. I think I’m a good person to align with. I don’t know why people don’t really give me a chance in these games. I’ve never betrayed an alliance that didn’t betray me first.

Ryan Huckla has informed me that he doesn’t want his unified tribe (added in unified) to not trust him by pulling the trigger. It sends them a message that maybe he has a cross-tribal alliance. I get it, but he missed out on a major opportunity to decimate Upsa to 4 members which I was ready to do. Sure I wouldn’t feel safe on Land, but I’d have the satisfaction of picturing Razvan’s smug face change to worry and it would be epic.

Razvan and I typically clash in these games because our personalities are different and I think our gameplay is different too. I have learned to be patient having played with this guy 3 times out of the 3 games that I’ve played.

I wonder what it’s like not to play with a Dragu brother? The one time I wasn’t on a tribe with Razvan, I was on a tribe with Andrei LOL

Still voting BRIAN!!!

Could Vincent, Mark, and Brian make it any more obvious that they’re voting for me? LOL

If this works with Razvan I can just imagine the consequences. He doesn’t see it, but his alliance and closeness with Angie H will be exposed, and Vincent and Mark won’t be too happy with him.

Please let this vote work out for me. I want to stay for the fireworks LOL

If it’s my turn, so be it. I’ll kick Umut’s ass if he drank all the pina coladas in Ponderosa.

Voting Brian!!!! wee!!!!

hmmm you know. I wouldn’t put it past Razvan to form an alliance with people who don’t want to vote me out: me (obviously), Gerome, Renee, Angie H, himself to vote for Brian. Brian plays an idol and the next highest votes goes home. Brian, Mark, and Vincent write my name down and Razvan has clean hands….It’s a long shot but I have to admit that that would be brilliant if it happened that way. I don’t think anyone has an idol on our tribe yet. We’ll see when I wake up lol

I vote Brian! hhehe

So I asked Butthead I mean Brian if he was going to answer his tc question and he said he would. He asked me if I voted for him. I said it was because he voted for me. He then said that his vote is not decided and hasn’t talked about the vote with anyone since last night with Mark.
I said that we could make a move to take out Razvan since Razvan lied ….*crickets*

*cue Beavis and Butthead music*

I still vote Brian. I’m floored.

So, last night, I continued to talk to Brian while I was on skype with Angie H. He actually messaged both of us saying that he would vote the other out while we were reading his messages to us on skype. hehehhee he was caught! Angie and I had a good laugh tongue

I went a little further with it and I did it for strategic purposes. As you see, I wasn’t too sure about Razvan’s plan and the fact that they were all voting for Brian and that they (Mark/Brian) were after me. So I “pretended” to scramble and target Angie H to see if Mark and Brian would either go along with my plan or formulate a different plan. They didn’t, therefore, I know they (Mark/Brian) are targetting me and I know that Razvan was telling the truth.

It was an extra step to confirm the truth. I think this is where I get my sneaky reputation and writing this and sharing all my sneakiness that’s about to be published in a blog is probably going to do wonders for that reputation (if everyone can make it through all the paragraphs).

I am only sneaky to survive smile

I vote Brian!!! (I realize that you can scroll up but I’m just being considerate after all these paragraphs lol)

MARK,

Against my better judgement, because of peer pressure mostly, I must request the individual immunity. Though personally I think this is weak strategy. It could backfire long term, outing the 5 of us, (although MacNiel kinda already did that in the main Upsa page after the Umut vote.)

So yeah, I request individual immunity. Bye numbers advantage.

RAZ,

i will take my chance since i convinced 4 upsa to do so
muahahahahaha
well not really convince but a council between members of 5 alliance of me vinnie sis angie and 2 weirdcards mark and brian

RENEE,

Survivor SupaCooWackyLand Season 4

Confessionals for episodes 1 – 3

So I came into this game with more of a Survivor purist approach this time. This only being my 2nd Survivor Org I’m trying to play the game as it was meant to be played. So that being said I have not spoken to members of my opposing tribe “Land” and have continued to do all my strategizing with my Upsa Tribe only.

Episode 1

Made immediate alliance with non other than Umut. I did however do this with caution becuase I felt like he and Angie Macniel had pre-game alliances already. I asked him if this was so and he reassured me it wasn’t and that our alliance could go to the end as an F2 without anyone suspecting it becuase it just seemed so unlikely. To my utter dismay however he was unable to fly under the radar and started immediately going after big threats in the game that he had personal history with and when we lost the challenge set his sights on voting out Raz. I personally wanted to play with Raz but thinking it was the majority vote went along with this plan with Angie, Umut & Gerome to Blindside Raz.

Just before the vote I am messaged by Vincent that he is not on board with this plan and wants to know if I want to be on board with him, Mark, Brian, Raz and Ohio to vote out Umut. Of course I agreed but skyped Umut and Angie immediately to let them know and see if we could somehow save him. It was not to be. My vote was counted however for Raz, although I told Vincent I tried to change my vote but it was too late when the votes came in and we said goodbye to Umut.

So barely out of the gate and I lose the one person I have an F2 alliance with. Damage control ensues..

I’m then messaged by Angie Macniel who seems to think our game is now doomed. Who says that she is playing this game becuase she wanted to play with me after she saw how loyal I was in my previous Survivorwar game. She wants F2 with me but although I agree I am weary becuase of how many enemies she created from the start becuase of her social game. She is also talking to players on the other Tribe which I am not supportive of along traditional lines of the game.

Episode 2

I am now talking with Vincent who like me is uncomfortable with all these pre game

alliances. But has told me that after saving Raz from the Vote is not in fact in an alliance with him and seems sure Raz will get the HII this challenge. Although we win the challenge he proposes an F2 with me. After much disscusion on Skype we seal the deal and agree the Raz needs to be blindsided especially if he got the HII and we are pretty sure he has it. We have an F2 Alliance which we we will keep secret so that we can acheive the goals we need to.

I wanted to be alligned with Macniel but talking to the other tribe has made me feel conflicted about her loyalty. I want to play with Gerome but he now is too connected to Angie M. and seems to not mind being on this sinking ship. Raz seems intent on taking out Angie & Vice Versa. Vincent is sure Ohio & Raz are alligned as well as Mark & Brian. In an effort to be under the radar Vincent and I have agreed to let Angie M. think I am voting with her and Gerome. We intend to blindside Raz but Angie will think she is the Target at the next vote. Mark and Brian have yet to approach me with much game talk. I will let them suggest that I go with themselves and Vincent as if it is there idea and Vincent & I will have our plan in Motion.

We won Challenge 2 no tribal. Plans still set to go with Vincent to F2. He is sure Raz now has the Idol.

Episode 3

Not much strategizing during this challenge but everyone has done there part and yet again we have WON.

I understand Brian took a penalty and Vincent claims he (brian) has a HII. But it must be fake.. becuase Raz has the HII already. If this is all true I think it’s hilarious and fantastic! Vincent is a very savy player & I’m so elated to have formed an alliance with him now. He plays like I do. Can stay under the radar & isn’t afraid to make big moves.

Signing off for now

DQ – Upsa Tribe

I would like to request immunity please. . For this challenge

VINCENT,

IMMUNITY FOR ME PLEASE. ;))

i claim the talismen immunity or the idol or whatever that thing is not the penalty idol coz it’s not up for grabs this round.

you know that specific thing that we need to claim this round that would send the whole tribe to TC if we get the most numbers of requests

i’d like to claim the Individual Immunity Talismen. there.

Brian buddy. I kinda like you but just like Raz, you’re kinda stubborn BUT Raz is better coz he talks to me.

((( crickets )))

HEAR THAT?! I’M GONNA BE BLINDSIDED THIS ROUND.

i hope not.

Anyway I hope Raz comes up to his mind to settle his differences with AMN and work as a team. 6 of us is better than 5 (( with Marky and Brian ))

anyweiz. you know what? Renee’s going on a date tonight! she’s not gonna be Disaster Queen for now she’s gonna be Drama Queen.

and YAH. Raz is quite an airhead. look at his wall with the first boot stuff. i don’t like that. he could’ve showed compassion to his friend.

okeiiii

nite.

yah..

Raz is drunk. Ohio said i’m a sweetheart

AMN woke up from a bad dream sweatin. Gerome has a job interview for his on the job training.

Mark. idk. Brian. idk.

Me.. dozing off but will play Dota. ;))

TRIBAL COUNCIL #4

(ANGIE)-(BRIAN)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(MARK)-(RAZVAN)-(RENEE)-(mtVINCENTmt)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)

You must answer your TC questions for your vote to count.

ANGIE,

1. Well isn’t this something. One of the craziest things I have seen just took place today. I’m curious. . .why did you take immunity today?

Merely a strategic move, isn’t that what you are supposed to do in these games?

2. Why do you think others took immunity?

I can’t speak for everyone, it was either strategic also or they were looking to protect theirself.

BRIAN,

1. All it took was one person to not take immunity and suddenly you would be safe. Were there any mindgames played to stop someone from taking immunity?

Well it was posted in camp that we all were not going to take immunity, I guess somewhere people doubted each other and word got around that a few were so I did as well.

2. Did anybody try to trick you into taking immunity?

No one tricked me into taking immunity, Im glad I took it if I didnt i may have been the only one that didnt and would be in danger.

GEROME,

1. Last round you guys were split right down the middle with a 5-4 vote. With 3 people appearing to be on the bottom, is it safe to say that the 5 person majority expected the bottom 3 people to take it, and therefore all eight of you requested a talisman?

I have no intention at all to claim the talisman. But after sensing that the whole tribe will claim it, I claimed it too. It will be a suicide if I don’t.

2. Can this tribe ever be unified in the future? You guys all agreed to vote one of your own out.

Yes we can be unified again. We did it on the last 2 Immunity Challenges and I know we can beat Land tribe again.

MACNEIL,

1. Now let’s discuss what Land did in this challenge. None of them took immunity, and all stood on firm ground. You guys did the polar opposite and fought for yourselves. Do you think the Land tribe has any cracks within their dynamics?

I think the fact that Land didn’t claim immunity and everyone in Upsa claimed immunity sent a clear message. Land is a united tribe and Upsa is not. We obviously all claimed immunity because no one feels safe and there was a division in our tribe that happened once Umut was voted out. Voting out a strong player sends the message to Land that our tribe is playing the individual game and that hurts morale and possibly challenge performance. It also makes people think “well, no matter how hard I work on this challenge and help the tribe (not just in challenges), I could be next.” It’s unfortunate and based on their criteria for voting last time, since I was the captain’s first choice and the captain is gone, I feel that I’m next. Bottom line: I think it’s obvious to Land that we’re not united and it’s probably easy for them to find cracks.

2. Is it too late now for Land to be stopped from exploiting the cracks in your tribe?

MARK,

1. When you requested immunity, was it an offensive move to keep yourself safe or a defensive move because you assumed everyone else would take immunity?

Clearly defensive. No one wants to be the idiot who comes here without immunity and goes by acclamation. Somebody panicked and just a whole cascade reaction happened throughout the tribe. It’s just the nature of these stupid ‘f— over the tribe to help yourself’ twists.

2. Will this tribe be able to trust each other again after this vote?

We need to remember this a silly little game with no real prize at the end. I trust everyone here to compete in challenges, but Survivor’s always been an individual game, even when it is is tribes. There’s clearly a history with a lot of these people that I’ve just sort of walked into the middle of. I think we’ll work together as we need to, but I don’t think we’re entitled to have trust or ‘unity’ that hasn’t been earned organically.

RAZ: Mark’s answers are purely AWESOME!

RAZVAN,

1. If eight people requested the talisman, I’m sure you’re wondering if people took the penalty idol in the past three rounds. Or do you think people have avoided the penalty idol?

it is not a secret for anybody that in first round i claimed it and it was one of the reasons they wanted me out bc they thought we lost that challenge bc i provided a penalty but yes it’s neither a secret that i wasn’t the only one who claimed it and they know it! Of course i wonder what happened after that specially that requesting a penalty is anonimous for us! I wonder if same time Land claimed it as Upsa might have claimed it too but really doesn’t matter that much since we won last 2 rounds!

2. Do you think the person voted out will be surprised this round?
one way or another the one who will sadlly leave the island tonight will be surprised! I mean: let’s be honest ppl! All it’s soooooo foggy here! It’ll be a sad vote nomatter what!

Note: Raz LIKEd his own post.

RENEE,

1. After this vote it’s 7-7. But it’s a vote you guys could have avoided. Do you think you can preserve your numbers in future challenges? Or is this tribe going to be uncooperative in the future?

Yes we can absolutely preserve our numbers we have a tribe of amazing players and we may have strong personalities but that’s why we rock so hard… and it probably contributes to the paranoia.

2. We haven’t even touched upon what happens when you guys merge. Will this vote force cross-tribal alliances to develop or will the two tribes remain opposed to one another?

As far as I’m concerned it’s Upsa vs. Land and I am going to fight as hard as I can for my tribe to make sure we don’t lose any more people!

VINCENT,

1. Were you expecting everyone to request the talisman?

Not at all. I was expecting we’d go with the initial plan and stay away from the talismen until the next challenge. I guess plans change.

2. Do you think players on this tribe will start pursuing the rogue idol this round?

At this point? Yes. Clearly there are divisions in the tribe and everyone feels vulnerable so as soon if there is a chance to claim an idol(just like the challenge earlier) of course everyone’s gonna scram for it.

When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: Well the eight of us all requested the talisman. You were the only one who didn’t. How can you be so stupid? You fell for the oldest trick in the book! Well, I’m casting this vote thanks to the two sweetest words in the English language: De Fault!

Okay. Everybody is fair game. Between now and 400am eastern Wednesday, it is time to vote. Upsa tribe, you’re up.

MACNEIL:  Razvan Dragu, I want to clarify something in this tc. When you sent in for the penalty in our first vote, did you do it knowing that someone else sent in for penalty and you just didn’t understand the rules?

RAZ: Angie you’re not trying to clarify something! U’re trying to make me clarify something and since for now u are the only one asking me this i won’t answer in public!

I dare u guys and girls: once u all 7 like her question to me then i will answer right in this thread!

MACNEIL: Razvan, this is tribal council where we all have discussions before the vote. I received second hand information that you sent in the penalty knowing that Umut sent in for the penalty. Since only one person can send in to get the idol, we took the penalty in vain. If you’re refusing to answer, I’m going to conclude that it’s true. This question happened because of your answer in this tc and why you were targetted. That detail was left out of your answer.

RAZ:  time for questions from one player to another?! OK

Gerome : do u agree with angie that we are in danger if it comes to solving a puzzle bc umut it’s gone? All this while i am still here!

RAZ: far as i understood, no matter how many requests will be the penalty will be the same amount of points so what is wrong in requesting the penalty idol as long as u block another player from getting it?!

MACNEIL: Yes, it can be seen as a strategy to block a player from getting the penalty idol. I do get that. However, our tribe gets penalized and possibly loses a challenge and loses a member.

RAZ: then pardon me for playing my game but it wasn’t my idea to get our tribe penalized but Umut’s fact that makes me believe even stronger that his boot was a legit move!

MACNEIL:  Thank you for discussing this with me

RAZ: ykw! I still expect Gerome’s answer!

MACNEIL: What I was trying to say is that Umut being voted out after doing most of the puzzle for us sends the message of “no matter how hard you try and contribute, you could get voted out.” I went by that challenge alone. As far as I understand, Angie H figured out the first word and then Umut solved the puzzle. If I’m wrong on that, I hope people can correct me. Razvan, I know you are good at puzzles but I didn’t see anything from you in that challenge. I hope that voting out Umut will not hurt Upsa in challenges in the future. That was my whole point.

ANGIE: Yes, i got the first word and it helped Umut solve the rest.

MACNEIL: yay Angie H!!!!!

RAZ: what does it matter solving a puzzle alone and than being so selfish to get an entire tribe penalized in order to get your own hands on an idol and all these while mean time u lie to everybody and turn players one against each another? Does this strategy keep a tribe strong? Pleaaaaaase!

MACNEIL: I do see your point. I received feedback that he was making the tribe uncomfortable; however, please understand where I’m coming from. I hope you understand

RAZ: yes i do understand that u and renee and specially Gerome were Umut’s mind games victims! U all know the sacrifices i am ready to make for challenges and u all know the bad habbit of Umut of sitting as much as he can!

RAZ: ok then again i have a question for : AMN Renee and Gerome

what specific did u do in that challenge?

GEROME: to answer razvan’s question.. i didn’t do anything in the first challenge cause of time zone difference. But I contribute a lot on the last 2 tribal challenges. I took the initiative to check all the answers on the second challenge. I think that saved us from tribal council. 3rd challenge, I did Brian and Angie H pictures. So I think it is safe to say that I contribute a lot on this tribe. That’s all.

MACNEIL:  Razvan Dragu, in the first challenge, I was late getting to it because I was at a stagette for one of my best friend’s weddings. I saw that it was time based and it sucked that I couldn’t work on it when it was first posted. I did discuss how long it would have taken the other tribe to complete the challenge as the last part of that challenge. In the second challenge, I did answers 1-10 and couldn’t post because I was at Thanksgiving dinner at my friend’s place and I hoped to meet up at 10pm EST for the posting…but I guess you guys figured out that it was inconvenient for 2-3 people. I did try to check the answers on the second challenge though. On the third challenge, I drew my picture and made sure that everyone followed instructions for their pictures. I helped Gerome with Angie H’s picture in the instructions portion of it. I’ve given my best effort in challenges and I feel that I contribute alot to this tribe.

RAZ: thanks Gerome! now how about my first question?!

MACNEIL: Why are you asking only Gerome, Renee, and myself about our challenge contributions? Why are you isolating us?

RAZ: because the others didn’t vote me neither did they mentione the fact that i did nothing for first challenge!

MACNEIL: ahh ok, I get it

RAZ:  *nodding as agreement with Gerome answers for Logan’s question*

GEROME: 1. To answer the other question, Umut is really great in puzzles and I think he’s a huge loss when it comes to challenge advantage but I believe the remaining 8 of us can still fight against the Land tribe that is full of challenge whores. we already kicked their butts for 2 straight tribal.

RAZ: answered indeed! But very vague! Drop it dead! I got my answers!

RAZ: when are the votes to be read?!

MACNEIL: I don’t know lol it’s 4am Logan’s time

MARK: *twiddling thumbs at tribal council* Anyone mind if I go get a coke? Kay thanks. Oh, and does anyone want anything?

ANGIE: We might need some popcorn……

MACNEIL: I hope he didn’t get lost in the woods while going to get the urn hehe

ANGIE: Razvan prob hid it somewhere

MARK:  I found the popcorn but no microwave or popcorn maker. I found a pan though. I’ll just hold it over the fire pit.

MACNEIL: *pulls out a soccer ball* Anyone want to kick the ball around while we wait for the popcorn to pop!!?”

RAZ: maybe the mutiny trigger was pulled at Land camp!

MACNEIL: ope, Logan’s online 🙂

RENEE: The suspense is killing me and the popcorn is burned.. Oh well

MACNEIL: I already scored a bunch of goals! It was fun!! I guess we find out tonight at 6:30pm EST.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANGIE,

Vote: ( Brian ) Reason: Nothing personal,group decision.

BRIAN,

vote: Angie Macneil

reason: she is in the other alliance and is trying to scramble too much, so she needs to go, sorry tho girl

GEROME,

My Vote: Brian.. sorry dude but we need to save ourselves. I hope this one works.

MACNEIL,

My vote is for BRIAN GRIFFIN
If you target me? I’ll target you. Seems fair

MARK,

My vote:

Angie MacNiel

You drive a hard bargain, and I know you’re a great player. I don’t know how much of the intel you’ve given me I can trust. But I have to stick by the numbers while they make sense. I’m still not over your instructions to me to lie to the rest of the tribe at the first vote though.

RAZ,

BRIAN GRIFFIN God dammit! I might be out and he still in but thats the sooupacoowakyland season

i vote out brian i meant!

RENEE,

VOTE: Brian Griffin

I am voting for Brian because I’m pretty sure he want to vote out Angie MN and he doesn’t talk to me at all. Better him than me wink

And Angie is very loyal to me so I’m not going to make myself a target by voting for her. I hope she stays!

VINCENT,

HI! Voting Brian off! ;))

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody played the hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
(Angie Macneil)
.
.
One vote Macneil.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(Angie MacNiel)
.
.
.
Two votes Macneil.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Brian Griffin)
.
.
Two votes Macneil, one vote Brian.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
(BRIAN GRIFFIN)
.
.
Two votes Macneil, two votes Brian.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Brian)
.
.
Three votes Brian, two votes Macneil.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Brian..)
.
.
.
Four votes Brian, two votes Macneil. Two votes left.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
Fourth person voted out of SupaCooWackyLand 4. . .
.
.
.
( Brian )
.
.
Brian, it’s time for you to go.
.
(XXXX)
.
The tribe has spoken.

Woops. Tribe has spoken. Then it’s time for you to. *shakes head*

BRIAN: Thanks guys!!! Good luck Mark!
BRIAN: Et Tu Brute?
ME: Well if anything came out tonight it is this. . .the tribe has some issues. That much is clear. The issue now becomes ‘how do we fix that?’ If you overcome it, should be an easy couple of weeks. If not, I’ll see you back here real soon.

BRIAN EXIT INTERVIEW

He never completed it. :/

FANTASY POOL

DAVE

UPSA
2 ANGIE MACNEIL
4 RENEE HIGLEY
6 ANGIE HANCOCK
8 BRIAN GRIFFIN
10 MARK KALZER
12 RAZ VAN DAN
14 VINCENT CHAVARRIA
16 GEROME LATUMBO

LISTER

Whoopsie! It seems not only did I forget to include my new pick to win last episode but I completely forgot to put Mark Kalzer into my Power Rankings! Good thing he didn’t get voted out.

Now then. Episode 4! And if nobody winds up getting voted out due to the current twist because everybody or nobody goes for the idols then use this list for the round that follows as well.

Episode 4:

1. Ryan Huckla (Land)
2. Luke Everitt (Land)
3. Brian Griffin (Upsa)
4. Heeral Desai (Land)
5. Matt Hood (Land)
6. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
7. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
8. Angie Hancock (Upsa)
9. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
10. Renee Higley (Upsa)
11. Clayton Spivey (Land)
12. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)
13. Mark Kalzer (Upsa)
14. Jessica Nicole (Land)
15. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
16. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)

Pick to Win – Ryan Huckla

BRIAN

Don’t know why Anne was so high…
Week 4

1. Angie MacNeil – my pick to win
2. Angie Hancock
3. RAZ VAN DAN –
4. Heeral
5. Renee H.
6. Kalzer
7. Clayton S.
8. Brian G.
9. Jessica
10. Matt Hood.
11. Luke
12. Gerome
13. Andrew
14. Ryan H.
15. Vincent

BOOT LIST PREDICTION

14: CLAYTON
13: MATT
12: MACNEIL
11: MARK
10: RENEE
9: VINCENT
8: HEERAL
7: RAZ
6: JESSICA
5: ANGIE
4: GEROME
3: LUKE
2: RYAN
1: ANDREW

4.5 SCWL 4 Episode 5

“Struggle”
October 19 2012 – October 21 2012
Immunity Challenge IV: Survivor Password
Immunity Challenge winner: Upsa by score of 120 to 105
Voted Out: Matt
Vote Count: 5-2
Did everyone feel bad Matt left so early: Yes
Did they have no problem voting him anyway: Yes

ROUND FIVE BLOG

QUICK NOTE

Halfway point does not mean when nine players remain of eighteen. Why? Because the last round of Survivor is Final Two. The halfway point is Day “20”.

In a 16-person format, six people go in eighteen days, another six go in the following eighteen days, then the Final Four have three speed rounds in the final three days. That’s why merges were always on day 20 in the early days of Survivor because they were the literal halfway point of the game.

In an 18-person format, seven people go in eighteen days, another seven go in the following eighteen days, then the Final Four have three speed rounds in the final three days. So eleven players would be the literal halfway point.

Just thought I’d clear that up because it confused several Land members. It’s one of the things Mark Burnett cared about keeping in terms of tradition but has been completely dropped since Thailand.

Philippines is the only season to merge with the right number of players since Tocantins. And before that it was China. I don’t think we’re in 2000-2002 anymore.

AFTERMATH AT UPSA

The chaos from the previous round has definitely carried over. MacNeil went from being on the bottom for the past three rounds to being in a position of power. How in the world did that happen? She reaches out to Mark who has now filled her position. . .and it seems like Mark was hesitant for a while. I think they came to realize they have the same goal–eliminate Raz.

Both have been ‘had’ by Raz and seek to eliminate him. Renee and Gerome are in the minority too. Even though Raz saved them from elimination, they don’t care in the least because he was already against them. So Mark, Gerome, MacNeil, and Renee together creates. . .oh what’s the word. . .a majority. That’s how much the game swings when you replace voting out MacNeil with Brian. Raz and Angie better hope there is distrust amongst the attempted uprising. Or at least win an immunity challenge and let tribal dynamics scramble once again.

VINCENT’S PARANOIA

This storyline is warming up. From now on, expect every episode you read to have Vincent discussing how he is done and will be voted off any day within the next couple rounds. I could never tell why he was always pessimistic. Both alliances on Upsa want him to stick around a while so he’s guaranteed to survive at least three more pre-merge TCs. Land people spoke highly of him at the start of the game. I’m curious how much this pessimism has held back Vince’s ability to perform. There doesn’t seem to be any reason for it. He has a F3 with Raz and Angie and a F2 with new power player Renee. If Upsa ends up going down to a F2 pre-merge, I wouldn’t be surprised if Vince is one of those two people.

So Vincent–relax. You’re the safest player on Upsa. The only way you could go home is if you pull a move that is suicidal.

SURVIVOR PASSWORD

I loved this challenge. It is a challenge that has been in the works for a while, but I took the time to plan it out and went according to plan. A Survivor guessing game is always fun, and it is only enhanced by a cast formed by hardcore Survivor fans. Plus the funniest moment of the season. . .

MATT’S GUESS

I have the transcript of the challenge below. Look at Matt’s third guess followed by the fourth clue. If this aired on TV, I would’ve needed a good three minutes to recover from laughing. I’ll move on before I crack up some more

UPSA COMES AWAY WITH THE WIN

Keeping MacNeil was the difference because she was the only one who nailed her category on the second guess. In addition, Andrew the Sixth Man struggled and found himself performing poorly in a challenge.

Yes. Andrew performs poorly in a challenge. Perhaps booting Brian over MacNeil worked out after all for Upsa. They would’ve lost this challenge as well otherwise. But then again why go all out with requesting individual immunities to voluntarily drop a member. Moving on. . .

LAND’S LOSS

I am sure Land was expecting to ride the positive vibes and unity that they currently hold over the disastrous dynamics of Upsa. Their dreams were destroyed as they proceed to enter the last remaining safe zone of six members. Granted this was more of a showdown challenge than it was a challenge that required teamwork. Sometimes you need challenges like these to break the monotony. By the way, is it a foregone conclusion that Matt will go home?

CLAYTON FRONTSTABS MATT

Someone leaked to Matt that his fate is sealed. A five-person alliance was established and Andrew managed to break his way into it a couple rounds earlier. Neither Andrew nor Matt did well in the challenge therefore both are expendable in challenges. Matt hadn’t sent in many confessionals. I guess he figured he was coasting. He had what he thought was his group of six people that would move forward. I sense Andrew leaked to Matt that he is the seventh which must have led Matt to confronting what he thought was his alliance.

From what I gathered, Matt felt much tighter to Clayton and Jessica than he did to the others. In his TC answers, he appeared to place most of the blame with Clayton. For the second TC in a row, Clayton has successfully eliminated someone who would have had his back much more than any other person in this game except Jessica. Heeral, Luke, Andrew, and Ryan are all preparing to oust Clayton but for some reason Clayton agrees to eliminate the one guy not involved in that plan.

Wise decision for Clayton and Jessica? No. Wise decision for everyone else? Yes.

Luckily Matt did not go quietly and I think Clayton and Jessica feel uneasy about the possibility of losing one more immunity challenge before merge. If tradition holds, they have to worry about surviving two more immunity challenges.

CLAYTON BEGINS TO WORK ANDREW

Clayton seems to sense the danger and wants Andrew to be trustworthy enough to be a third. It’s going to be awfully tough seeing how Ryan brought Andrew into the fold long ago. Surely his allegiance will always be with Ryan? And wouldn’t Clayton and Jessica have a tough time burying all of the deals they have already made? Or will they just rely on playing their immunity idols at the next TC in order to make merge and let outsider Andrew take the fall?

And why would Clayton and Jessica work with the only guy remaining in the game who cast a vote directly against Jessica because he didn’t trust them? I suppose Clayton saw something that I didn’t.

ACCORDING TO PLAN

Land so far has eliminated people based on the established boot order from the end of the first round–Jason then Anne then Matt. And not even Clayton and Jessica intend to save Andrew if it goes to another TC. But I do have a feeling the counter-alliance will boot Clayton or Jessica next round. I really wanted to see Land lose next round because it would be their first TC to be a mystery.

Meanwhile all three boots on Upsa have been last minute switches that went against any sense of boot order that was established earlier. Umut and Brian? Weren’t they the people in power during their respective rounds?

7-6

Upsa is one tribal immunity win away from pushing Land down to the dreaded number of five. Since all seasons including the prequel have merged at eleven, everyone dreads falling to five. We started out 9-9 then went down to 8-8 then went down again to 7-7. Will the unthinkable happen as we see two tribes have six members each? Tribal immunity challenge streaks are always well under way at this point. I doubt anyone is expecting yet another comeback. Because I’m certainly not.

CHALLENGE PLAY BY PLAY

MAGILLA THE MONKEY

1. Thailand

ANGIE: Penny
JESSICA: Brian Heidik

2. Chuay Gahn

ANGIE: Brian Heidik
JESSICA: Shiiann

3. Food

ANGIE: Lucky the Chicken
JESSICA: Chicken neck

4. Thief

ANGIE: Monkey
JESSICA: Monkey

5. Monkey

ANGIE: Banana
JESSICA: Magilla

Land scores 5 points. Upsa scores 0 points. The toughest password, in my opinion. ‘Food’ really threw people off. Muh bad.

BLACK WIDOW

1. Micronesia

MACNEIL: Women’s alliance
ANDREW: Jellyfish

2. Jerri

MACNEIL: Black Widow
ANDREW: Parvati Shallow

3. Final 4

ANDREW: Amanda Kimmel

4. Web

ANDREW: Black Widow

Upsa scores 30 points; Andrew snags 10 points.

30-15 in favour of Upsa.

BOB-BOB-BUOY

1. Palau

RENEE: Ulong. Second guess is coconuts if that one is wrong
RYAN: Ian Rosenberger

2. Final.

RENEE: (See previous)
RYAN: Tom Westman

3. Howard Stern

RENEE: Bob-bob Buoy
RYAN: Bob-Bob Buoy

Upsa leads with 50 against Land’s 35.

MOUNTAIN DEW

1. Green.

RAZ: Dabu
HEERAL: Grass

2. Inanimate

RAZ: Buff
HEERAL: Buff

3. Australian Outback

RAZ: Beans
HEERAL: Ogakor

4. Reward

RAZ: Mountain Dew
HEERAL: Mountain Dew

No change here. Upsa is up 60 to Land’s 45.

RICHARD HATCH

1. Borneo.

GEROME: My first answer in richard hatch. can I cange my first guess to Susan Hawk? can I change my first guess to Marooning?
clayton: Snakes and rats

2. Fish

GEROME: Superpole 2000
CLAYTON: Superpole 2000

3. Tagi

GEROME: Sean Kenniff
CLAYTON: Richard Hatch

4. Alliance

GEROME: Richard Hatch

Gerome was very close to sealing Upsa’s victory in this challenge. Instead Clayton makes up valuable ground.

Upsa’s lead is cut down to five points. It’s 70 to 65.

BALBOA

1. Boxer

MATT: Parvati
MARK: Rocky

2. Rupert

MATT: Heroes vs Villains
MARK: Drake

3. Currency

MATT: Osten
MARK: Balboa

4. Black

MATT: crap! that’s not my next guess. Balboa

Mark increases Upsa’s lead. It is now 90 to 75. Uh oh. However if somebody answers the next one with one guess and the other answers it in two guesses, that could truly determine the outcome.

JEFF PROBST

1. Married.

VINCENT: Rob and Amber
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
LUKE: Boston Rob

2. Ordained

LUKE: probst
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

VINCENT: Jeff Probst.

Upsa wins by a score of 120 to 105. A close hard fought battle I must say.
.
.
.
.
.
Oh, and the penalties didn’t make a difference. Upsa wins immunity!

ROUND FIVE CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Day 18: well damn. My tribe lost another challenge. Go figure. S close but so far away. It really sucks. But this round the vote is for Matt. It SUCKS cause I didn’t want to have to go. To tribal but I needed him out pre-jury anyways. So that’s good. Also… Brian was assumed to have the idol for the other tribe, which means… If it is true… That the only idols in the game are in my and Jess’s possession. I am a tad bit worried about a blindside of me or Jess tonight. It would be stupid of them cause we have these idols which are key to keeping us alive in a world where we may very well be down in numbers post merge

Day 19: today was not a good day. Matt caught wind of himself leaving. And then blew up at us. Unnecessary. We knew if we lost that it would get hard. But oh we’ll. at least he isn’t jury. Andrew has strong suspicions that me heeral and Jess are together. LOL. Well he is either really smart or someone is leaking. Ether one is bad. I had to try feebly to do damage control. He seemed to buy it but I doubt it. But if he truly does stay with us then I can try and work with hm… He assumes I have the idol also. Another example of me being screwed by this damn captain ship thing. Oh well… If we get to the final 6 and Andrew happens to be with us I think I can gain some favor and use him. Maybe take out Luke by playing the idol on Andrew and voting Luke. Luke hasn’t put effort into the alliance and just see,s to be along for the ride or not really with us. So I would prefer Andrew. And if I save Andrew like that with MY idol I’m sure he will be in debt to me and really trust me. Then we go forward. I just don’t trust that the numbers are in my or jesses favor at a final 5 vote. So yah… Of course Andrew may be out next round. I can’t shake it up so early cause I need these people moving forward. So my only chance to keep him is either Luke does something crazy bad OR we win the next two challenges. Cross your fingers Andrew!

Oh and Matt, CLASS ACT!

JESSICA,

Confessional: i really hope that heeral is still with us, b/c clayton and i both have idols and it is really easy to blindside us especially b/c she knows we are a pair. that is my big concern right now besides trying to win challenges obviously. i dont want to be matsing or ulong. so i think this vote is important for trust.

MACNEIL,

Interesting turn of events indeed. Now that Razvan and Vincent have betrayed Mark, he would like to align with Renee, Gerome, and myself. Good job to Razvan and Vincent! lol I swear they don’t think about the consequences about blindsiding people in the tribal aspect of the game lol.

You see, now that we know that Brian had the idol and that’s the “reason” of the vote, that could lead to 2 things 1) they were protecting us and 2) um..why didn’t they tell us Brian had the idol? Since Vincent and Razvan discussed that Brian had the idol together, that further confirms their tight alliance with each other *barfs*. Is Vincent crazy for aligning with Angie H and Razvan? Seriously! What is he thinking?? I know he’s worried about people’s social games (me, Gerome), but he’s aligning with people who are brother and sister in the online form. UGH!!!

I never mentioned this, but I really like the people on Land. Andrew is super sweet and I hope to tell him random stuff in the future. Ryan Huckla is random as well and I like it. Clayton is nice. Heeral is nice smile I really like them and I’m not talking to them as part of any strategy in a game (minus the trigger part). I just genuinely want to talk to them.

We’ll see what happens, but one thing I know for sure is that I now have power thanks to Razvan and Vincent’s mistakes. I could go in a 6 person alliance and hold my breath with Vincent, Razvan, Angie H, Gerome, and Renee or I could go in a 4 person alliance with myself, Renee, Gerome, and Mark in an attempt to separate the strong alliance of Razvan, Angie H and Vincent which they have made disgustingly obvious.

It’s a whole new game and I can be sweet instead of sneaky

YAY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Frig! I’m going to have a delicious lunch and I guess stuff!!! Life couldn’t get any better!

So, I had a thread of myself, Renee, and Gerome where we discussed ALL our plans. This thread included our options in the event that we go into another vote and it also talked about my Ryan Huckla plans. I decided to make a 7 person thread for the challenge but instead of creating a new thread, the other people got added to it and could see our previous conversations.

Mark, Angie, Razvan, and Vincent didn’t say anything to me. We just kept on working on the challenge. I am hoping that I didn’t mess anything up.

Vincent, Razvan, and Angie H signed their death certificates by voting out Umut first and going against me in this game. I’m trying to decide who to vote out providing that Gerome, Mark, and Renee are on board with me.
-Angie H will never vote out Razvan
-Razvan and Vincent are TIGHT
-Angie H will never vote out Vincent
-Vincent has a mutiny trigger
-Vincent and Razvan were responsible for Umut’s blindside; therefore, they are sneakier and can convince people of stuff
-Angie H will vote for Razvan to win if he makes it to the end. Just because he’s her bro. Same deal with Vincent.
-Angie H is weaker in challenges (sorry Angie)
Either way, I’m done with them as far as this game is concerned (for long term )and I’m willing to take away their power if we lose this challenge.

The plot thickens at Upsa camp. Suddenly people want to talk to Angie M because they feel vulnerable. awww how sweet smile The people who had 0 interest in talking strategy, talked about voting me out, made alliance threads excluding me, lied to me, etc suddenly want me to vote with them because it is now convenient for them.

Mark had a wonderful plan to tell Vincent that he’s voting for Razvan and then blindside someone in that alliance like Angie H or Vincent. Brilliant. If Renee and Gerome are on board with that, I will totally do it.

Vincent came to me about being a strong Survivewar 6 so that there’s no flipping at the merge. I believe Villains tribe was divided but they stuck together because they realize that if they go all John Cochran on each other’s asses…it’s not smart. I have to go with my head and weaken the alliance that is Razvan, Angie H, and Vincent. I believe I have to cut the brain (Vincent) so that the rest of the body parts don’t work. This shall also flush an idol.

Which leads to another point. Why would they vote out Brian if he truly had an idol? Wouldn’t they want to align with him? Ooooh that’s right…Razvan is the one who really has it tongue But you see, we may be smarter than we look grin If we say we’re voting for Razvan, he’ll play the idol for himself and Vincent/Angie H shall be blindsided.

I have to check on my item but I believe that I not only determine the jury but also when the merge happens smile te hehehe
hehhehee
hehehhehe
hehehhee

There is only room for one hitman on this camp. Sorry Vincent. You’re a great friend but you made too many moves against me for me to ever trust you again in this game.

This reminds me of Amy in Micronesia. Sure, she’s a good friend and a familiar face and you want to go with that comfort into a merge situation. However, you have the new guy, Erik, coming to you with information that Amy was sneaking around behind your back trying to get rid of you. Do you forgive Amy? Or take a chance with Erik?

I mean, I know I’m comparing myself to a retired porn star that is Ozzy but it’s the perfect way to express my logic at this time.

I take back the death certificate comment lol
Too….hitmanish LOL

ahahhahaa Brian is rooting for Land on the main page

Should have listened to me Brian!!! *shakes head* There’s still hope for Mark

I want to say that I really do like Angie H as a person and enjoy talking to her. We laugh alot when we skype every Tuesday.

Ugh it makes it harder and harder to disappoint her in the near future in this game. *sigh* But it’s going to happen.

Hmmm
-Razvan wants a final 2 with me
-Vincent wants to give me an idol and work with me
-Renee is my top ally and I am hers
-Gerome is also a top ally
-Mark is my ally
-Angie H is a good friend
Thanks for voting out Brian guys grin If I let Razvan and Vincent feel comfortable with me, perhaps they will let me know what they’re doing with that idol. If they let me know what they’re doing, it’ll be easier to separate them on the next vote.

VINCENT,

i’m not sending confessionals coz imma be gone

what big dip?

okay

so…

Raz has been quite silent

and so has everyone else

so i need to be more careful with waz going on

like…

hmmmm.

AMN and the rest.

idk,

hmmmm. like no air at all. that’s how i feel right now. i’m trying to catch it up with Renee and as soon as i know if they’re targetting me imma use the trigger. sad there’s no individual immunity or the code Raz gave me was fake.

but idk

hmmm.

if im going i dont knw what to do. all im hoping is that i get off post-merge.

i know im never winning this thing.

but challenges are soo fun.

teammates, however are so hard-core. like me.

i want to reach out but uhmmm. idk

will try to talk to AMN soon

tell her HII is with Raz

btw im having fun with the strategizing s— with Renee.

i have a poem btw

m so drunk

im drunken
talking to clay-ten
starting he ja-booty org
now i have to stay in the pc act like a cyborg

but anyways back to logan’s
feeling a bit like a pagan
flipping here, flipping there
coz they don’t care about me like unerwear

i hope i get to the merge
i’ll do well with immunity challenges
so i dont have to be useless and converge
and go to the end just like savages

so im drunk yah
kinda sad but no one sending confessionals
not getting booted out soon, i plea.
so i can reach final tribals.

((laame))

orgive me

im not saying your blog wouldn’t be cool without these nonsense stuff but yaaaaaah

just saying yaaaaah

TRIBAL COUNCIL #5

(ANDREW)-(CLAYTON)-(HEERAL)-(JESSICA)-(LUKE)-(MATT)-(mtRYANmt)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)

You must answer your TC questions for your vote to count.

ANDREW,

1. Close challenge, but a tough loss. Do you think there is anything you guys could have done differently during the challenge?

I thought we had the right idea. The best way to do it is to have everyone work on each other’s clues. That is what I tried to incor

From a personal viewpoint, I think we would have gotten Matt’s after two clues but I had gone to sleep so couldn’t push for it. I have purposely avoided checking if we would have won had I still been awake. Knowing would be too hard to take!

I prefer the challenges where I can be in control of my fate, rather than the ones where everyone takes an equal share in the success of the challenge. I feel that I can contribute best in challenges so I don’t like when that gets minimized.

2. On the bright side, you guys excelled at the special twist last round. What information did you gain about the other tribe from the twist?

I don’t think there was much to learn. Sounds to me like the majority alliance wanted Brian out so wanted to force the issue. Brian’s team probably caught wind so they also went for immunity.

Either that or they are all nuts! Probably both actually!

CLAYTON,

1. Let’s talk about the flipside of that. What information about your own tribe did you gain during the twist?

Well i think we learned that our tribe seems to be more about us as a whole as opposed to Upsa being so selfish last round. THey may have some brute strength in online terms but when it comes to working as a team i still think we do better.

2. Very clear and borderline unanimous votes to eliminate both Jason and Anne. Do you think this vote will be as clear cut?

Well the first two votes they were both pretty inactive so that was easy. But now its time for hard vote. I like to think we are all likeable? and we all contribute our weight

HEERAL,

1. You’re down to six. In all four seasons and the prequel, this game always merges with eleven players. You can’t afford to lose any more after this if tradition holds. However, can this tribe survive going below the dreaded number of five?

For some reason I thought it was right at the halfway point at 9…well. s—. I’d love to go into the merge with majority numbers. After this we need to just fight to win every single IC I guess. If not, when we merge, we are going to have to find a crack in the system and wedge our way in.

2. If a Mutiny Trigger were to be used, do you think anyone would mutiny?

Ugh. That word. I hate that word with a burning passion. It scares me and usually if a mutiny is involved…it means the end of my game. I don’t think anyone from this tribe would mutiny but then again…who really knows…

JESSICA,

1. So far Jason and Anne have both been eliminated following their absence in a challenge that the tribe loses. This time around you have nobody who avoided the challenge. How will challenge performance be a factor at all in this vote?

that does make it harder in this scenario but however thats when trust and alliances come into play.

2. Do you think this vote will be dictated by strictly what benefits this tribe rather than what benefits a series of individuals?

it will be determined by cookies, no really i think everyone is going to think about their own game and how alliances factor into that and anything can happen the game is a foot

LUKE,

1. Are you expecting a hidden immunity idol to be played this round?

I didn’t think anyone had gone for it cause we have had no points lost from challenges that i know of.

2. What would be the ramifications of this TC be if one was played?

probably very little but you never know

MATT,

1. You lost your duel with Mark from the opposing tribe. Does that put you on edge for this vote?

Yeah, survivor trivia is NOT my strength. I coulda been more patient to see if others could have helped me more I suppose. I certainly take the blame for that one. But from what I can tell, it wouldn’t have mattered had I won my duel or not. Amazing how quickly people turn on you. . . .

2. Who or what has been the biggest surprise for you thus far in the game?

It shouldn’t have been I suppose, but it’s how easily some people can lie and mislead – even when there is no need to. Everyone was acting all family and “Go Land” when they were pretty much setting themselves up selfishly. Like I said I know I shouldn’t be surprised by it but for some reason I thought this time would be different. It appears Jessica and Clayton have claimed penalty and immunity idols for themselves (talk about teamwork) so anyone who thinks you are a united tribe is kidding yourselves. I certainly fell for it, so I guess I am the fool. Shoulda known better. And I wanted to trust Heeral in spite of past experience but that couldn’t happen either. No one is talking to me and that’s an obvious sign of what’s to come tonight. While I am not the vengeful kind of person to wish the demise of this tribe to Upsa, I won’t be surprised if it happens.

RYAN,

1. What would be the most damaging thing to occur in this tribe within the next day or two?

If we lost another immunity challenge that would be bad news bears.

2. Do you think the player eliminated this round will regret not taking the talisman in the previous round? Why or why not?

With the entire other tribe taking immunity that means someone could have taken immunity and be safe with round. Regret I would imagine be present.

Okay, when you vote please do so in the following manner:

(Logan)

Who am I voting out this round? Here’s your first hint.

1. Reality TV Nerd.

Dalton Ross was your guess? Oh god.

2. Grown a– man who lives with his parents

Dalton Ross was your guess AGAIN? Oh god.

3. Hip-hopper

Hmmmm. . .Nate Gonzalez? Nope.

4. Unaware of his jokes falling on deaf ears

The lieutenant from Good Morning, Vietnam? You’re getting much warmer.

5. SCWL host.

Yeah, I suppose that fifth hint was too easy.

So you’re done. No points, plus I get the satisfaction of voting you out. Ohhhh baby! ^_^

Uh okay. Between now and 1159pm eastern Saturday, it is time to vote. Land tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANDREW,

Vote: Jessica

Reason:

I’m being told it’s Matt tonight. And that it’s probably not even me the next round. I’ll believe both those statements when I see them. I wanted to take the immunity last round but only if my allies were willing to do so also. I never had a chance to check with them & so here we are. I’ve gone & called out both Heeral & Clayton privately about the Jess/Clayton/Heeral alliance I mentioned during the first vote. Both denied it. I still think I’m chop liver regardless & could well go home tonight.

I’m voting Jess because, of that triumvirate, I speak to her the least. I expect her to now target me next as long as i survive. It’ll draw the line in the sand. Either it causes people to shift around to save me. Or it just ensures what was already inevitable. So that’s why it’s Jess. No hate in this tribe. I like everyone. Just trying to survive.

CLAYTON,

VOTE: Matt
Reason: Sorry but this was hard. When me and you “aligned” didn’t 100% say yell I was carful of my words. But you decided to lack all class when it’s ur turn to leave. I was forced to chose an alliance. And your had no momentum. You said u wanted to work with Luke and Andrew? You never made a strides towards that so why would I put my neck out to save you on this vote? Sorry again… Just wish you would have left with some class

HEERAL,

VOTES: Matt

REASON: i’m sorry Matt. You’re an awesome guy and I was kinda looking forward to working with you, but when I saw the tribe I went with the people I knew i could work with. If we don’t end up going to TC anymore, this is the best chance to take you out.

JESSICA,

my vote is for matt

LUKE,

Vote : Matt

Reason: you got caught on the wrong side of the numbers too early this vote i really am hating to cast

MATT,

Voting for Jessica. No need for a confessional from me. I pretty much laid it out there in my answer. woulda like to have gone further but couldn’t get any traction. I was too trusting of Clayton and Heeral. Most disappointed in Clayton. I was really forming a friendship with him and thought we would go far together, but it was all lies.

RYAN,

VOTE: Matt Hood
REASON: Because this is what majority wants, I would be using too much power right now if I wanted to blindside Jessica or Clayton. I really like Matt, but this is just how it crumbles. I just hope I’m making the right move. Should have pulled the trigger before the results, but I was too late frown

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody is playing a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
(matt)
.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Matt)
.
.
Two votes Matt.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
Two votes Matt, one vote Jessica.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Jessica)
.
.
.
We’re tied. Two votes Matt, two votes Jessica.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Matt)
.
.
.
.
Three votes Matt, and two votes Jessica.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
Fifth person voted out of SCWL 4. . .
.
.
(Matt)
.
Matt, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

MATT: No surprise now. I’ve said my peace in my TC answer.
ME: Well, it’s clear Matt thought he was very much part of this tribe. This round, you definitely made it explicit that it was not the case.

You’re currently one member down. But if this season has taught us anything, it shouldn’t be much problem to even the score once again. Hopefully you’ve still got that willpower.

EXIT INTERVIEW

1. If memory serves me correct, you were the oldest player this season. In the past, the older contestants typically make it to the end-game phase (Kim, KJ, Fiona, Scott). But you didn’t match up to them. In fact you fit in with the younger players who are almost always out first. In short, the question is if you think age has any impact in these games?

I DO think it has an impact. I think it’s why I NORMALLY do well in these games. I don’t get rattled easy. I am a fairly good judge of character. While I trust almost to a fault, I can usually read people pretty well when they are starting to get fishy with me. I think a lot of that comes with age and experience dealing with people in real life.

2. In the opening round, you arranged for your tribe to all vote for Heeral to win immunity. What do you think would have happened if you didn’t step in to ‘rig’ the results?

i haven’t thought too much about that. Honestly, my goal was to help keep our tribe dynamic in a good place. Forcing folks to do a pick like that is sure to cause drama and I wanted to diffuse that. Had i not done it though I dont think it would have cause much of a fuss that early in the game.

3. Do you regret not allowing it to play out organically so you could get more information about the dynamics on your tribe?

No, I wouldn’t have gotten much info with that i don’t think.

4. Initially you said you were VERY happy with yor tribe. But then fast forward to round five and your tribe lost three out of five challenges, and you were voted out. Why do you think you misread the group?

I misread only Clayton. I believed him and he is one of the few people to successfully decieve me completely. I never trusted heeral or Jessica. Jessica cause I didn’t know her and Heeral because I DID!

5. Why do you think you were front-stabbed? Because you were one of the few people this season who saw it coming from a mile away.

Well I did figure out what was happening. I knew not to trust Heeral and that she would see me as a threat to get out while she could. So when it was obvious we had lost the challenge I confronted her directly. She ultimately admitted she was targetting me – surprise surprise. Clayton did as well after i guilted him into it. His was the most hurtful. We had a lot in common and I enjoyed getting to know him. He ended up being the typical lying, decieving player that ORGs are full of.

6. How come you couldn’t recover despite all of the advanced notice? What could have been at work to solidify things so tightly?

Cause Heeral was so convincing to those who didnt know me and the ones who did know me didnt have to guts to stand up to her.

7. What was the deal with Jason? It seemed like your entire tribe hated him despite him being active and participated in challenges. Was there something besides his conflict with Heeral that made everyone cast him adrift so quickly?

no one hated him I dont think. He wasn’t that active. first challenge or maybe 2nd he was pretty much out of it. He just seemed like a wild stallion and was gonna cause us trouble down the road.

8. If there is one tribe you could have made between the two tribes, what would it be?

I dont know what you mean by this question and as punishment for not sending me this interview in time, I am gonna choose not to answer it.

9. Do you regret who you picked in the initial tribal pick ’em?

Well, since Luke ultimately betrayed me I guess the answer is yes.

10. How do you think tribal pick ’ems skews the tribes as opposed to the typical pre-determined tribes?

well i think the other tribe got all people who had played together previously. Didn’t work out so well for them cause they obviously had to pick each other off when they lost.

11. Nobody on your tribe requested individual immunity. Then you go home the very next round. Do you still feel good about that decision?

I never thought about taking it because of the penalty it gave the tribe. I felt that would have been disengenuous when I was preaching tribe strenght and unity. Another case where I did my self in I guess.

12. Do you think anyone on your tribe could get away with requesting individual immunity without being voted off right away?

Probably.

13. If Anne didn’t skip the third immunity challenge, you guys would have won immunity. And seeing how you were the last person voted off of Land pre-merge, do you think you could have made a much deeper run in this game and overcome your target?

yes. I think I could have worked with a couple of folks on the other tribe.

14. Why do you think you were voted out? And was their assessment for their reason to vote you out spot on?

I think because Heeral was afraid of me. yes, she should have been.

15. Why do you think your tribe has been on an amazing run after you were voted out?

Those left are certainly working closely together and that helps. I think they are also benefitting from the fall apart of the other tribe that seems to be a bit fractured.. It has nothing to do with losing me at all and i am offended that you would suggest such a thing!

16. Who did you want to be voted out next? Who did you think would be voted out next?

Not sure at what point of the game you are referring too.

17. Who did you want to win? Who did you think would win?

The entire game? No clue. Probably would want Andrew to win but I think Clayton probably will.

18. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

I think I have said enough!

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank YOU for playing this game!

ME: Woops. Number eight should have read “If there is one TRADE you could have made between the two tribes, what would it be?” LOL

Clearly I grew accustomed to writing the word “tribes” too much in these exit interviews.

MATT: Ha! Well that makes more sense and that would have been easy. Trade Vincent for Heeral
FANTASY POOL

BRIAN

1. Angie MacNeil – my pick to win
2. RAZ VAN DAN –
3. Angie Hancock
4. Heeral
5. Renee H.
6. Kalzer
7. Clayton S.
8. Vincent
9. Jessica
10. Matt Hood.
11. Luke
12. Gerome
13. Andrew
14. Ryan H.

LISTER

1. Ryan Huckla (Land)
2. Heeral Desai (Land)
3. Luke Everitt (Land)
4. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)
5. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
6. Clayton Spivey (Land)
7. Mark Kalzer (Upsa)
8. Jessica Nicole (Land)
9. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)
10. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
11. Renee Higley (Upsa)
12. Matt Hood (Land)
13. Angie Hancock (Upsa)
14. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)

Pick to Win – Ryan Huckla

BOOT LIST PREDICTION

13: MACNEIL
12: RAZ
11: VINCENT
10: MARK
9: CLAYTON
8: JESSICA
7: HEERAL
6: ANGIE
5: RENEE
4: LUKE
3: GEROME
2: RYAN
1: ANDREW

4.6 SCWL 4 Episode 6

“The Longest Round”

October 21 2012 – October 26 2012

Immunity Challenge VI – Reverse Encryption

Winners: Nobody. Everyone suffered some sort of defeat thanks to that challenge. If this were RottenTomatoes, it’d b given a worse score than Mortal Kombat 2.

Immunity Challenge VI.5 – Celebrity-Country Match-Up

Winners: Land. Perfect score. Upsa missed five names.

Voted Out: Angie

Vote Count 4-2-1 (Renee-Raz)

The Chances of Raz Not Using His Idol Next Round: Approximately zero. Unless Upsa is in disarray yet again. Luckily a merge is coming.

How In the World are Tribes Even Yet Again: I dunno. This season thinks it is special.

ROUND SIX BLOG

THE FAILED CHALLENGE

There is consistently a failed challenge each season. That’s what happens each season when I come up with a bunch of new challenges. If they work out, expect another ORG host to copy it and use it in their next game. If it doesn’t, I ban it forever or significantly revise it while it is the subject of much ridicule.

SO WHAT WENT WRONG

Despite working on this challenge for years to ensure all variables were tightened up, there was still a few obvious ones. Plus this challenge had too many layers for the players to handle. The changes I would’ve made is limit it to one guess and that the answers couldn’t be vulnerable to having multiple possibilities. However, it would take a lot of work to guarantee that players wouldn’t find a way to beat the challenge. The result is that this challenge was essentially unplayable. It reminded me of the SCWL 1 maze all over again.

SOLUTION

Because I knew there was a very good chance that a merge would occur next round, I didn’t want such a crucial round to be determined by broken challenge. Everyone would have been unhappy with it. I decided to replace it with a classic challenge of matching a scrambled celebrity’s name with a scrambled country of origin. Things went much smoother.

GEROME LAUNCHES HIMSELF INTO A GREAT POSITION

Gerome started out this game as a major target. One round later he was treated as a nobody near the bottom. Everyone dismissed him. This round? He is wedged into a newfound majority where he has yet to be noticed. The good news for Gerome is there is a strong possibility he could go on an immunity run near the end, and therefore could have a great shot at winning this season. He is in the perfect position right now to be underestimated.

THE CHALLENGE FOR ALL OF THE MARBLES

If Land loses this immunity challenge,  the tribe will decide whether to move forward with Clayton and Jessica’s two idols while in the minority or blindside an idol away and rely on Upsa’s instability to rally back and make the end-game.

Clayton, Jessica, and Andrew are no doubt putting everything into this round’s challenge(s). In fact, everyone on both tribes were. That’s why the cancelation of Reverse Encryption needed to happen. All of them were ready to fly to the Canada southwest and strangle me. Especially Mark.

MARK BACK IN THE MIDDLE

Both sides are relying on Mark at the Upsa camp for the critical fourth and decisive vote. But he committed to MacNeil’s side thanks to Raz’s double-cross.

THE NEW FOUR

With Gerome, MacNeil, Renee, and Mark all working together in unison. . .some crazy plans are formed. You think Raz with the idol would be the target? Nope. No blindside against him. They use their respective connections to Vincent to trick Raz into playing the idol, and underneath that vote out Angie. Nobody gets idol’d, and because no one has a tight enough connection to Angie, she’ll be taking the fall.

Of course, this probably means the plan will go out the window in another twenty-four hours.

ENORMOUS VICTORY

It’s an understatement to say Land was ecstatic about that victory. All of them were aiming to tie things up as they expected a twelve-person merge. No tough decisions had to be made, and it appears all of them will be unified. Minus the connections they have been secretly making with Upsa’s bottom feeders. Unfortunately MacNeil is back on top, leaving her no reason to jump. Everyone is uneasy entering the next round.

BUT FIRST. . .

Upsa’s Tribal Council. Angie, Raz, and Vincent set their sights on Renee. Raz knows his own idol is real and I’m sure Vincent would have told him about how he will be betrayed. . .right?

VINCENT JUMPS TOO

Yes, Vince knows he is back in the minority and hops to MacNeil’s side. What about his Final Two deal with Renee? I guess that is out the window. While the other four were hoping that telling Vincent to vote Raz would trigger Vince to tell Raz to play the idol, it had the exact opposite effect.

Vince was quiet, and Vince followed through. Way to beat out all expectations. In addition, Vincent thinks he won’t even make the merge. Again, Vincent is filled with paranoia. So why doesn’t he use his dang Mutiny Trigger if he feels that way? I have a gut feeling that Vincent truly doesn’t believe he is in danger, and prefers to rally from a position of pessimism.

BLINDSIIIIIIDE

It’s never a dull moment with Upsa at Tribal Council. Vincent is halfway to a rogue idol already claimed in an unusual 4-2-1 vote. The last vote had to be read for the second time in three Upsa TCs. Angie’s lack of social gameplay and being perceived as attached to Raz’s hips led to her demise. I’m curious how Angie plays her next ORG.

ANGIE WAS QUIET

I wish I had more to say about Angie. She seemed to be into the game, talked quite a bit at camp. . .but never sent in a confessional. In these episodes, all we see is “Angie follows Raz,” but that’s only because Raz is far more outspoken than Angie. I wish she would’ve sent in more confessionals because I would have had a stronger sense of her strategy. As you’ll see below, I struggled in co-ordinating her exit interview.

DILEMMAS NEXT ROUND

Raz is all alone with an idol. He should be dang near impossible to eliminate if Upsa goes to another TC. I don’t see how you can convince him NOT to play it.

MacNeil must decide whether to have a jury of seven or nine.

And Heeral’s Phil Keoghan in a Bottle is finally revealed, and will have major implications in this game.

There’s also two Mutiny Triggers. Do players want to jump ship as they prepare for a merge on the horizon?

I must say I was giddy as a host entering next round. I had no freakin’ idea what would happen. Nothing was set in stone. Except Clayton and Jessica’s tight knit pairing, obviously.

Let the game of Survivor: Chicken. . .begin!

CONFESSIONALS:

CLAYTON,

Day 23: been WAY to long without a confessional. Well damage control was attempted and we can only hope it all works out with Andrew. That first challenge was a disaster. We think we still would have won based on them sending us a bunch of ones with major errors. But it just didn’t work. Thank goodness it changed. The new challenge was the most important of the entire game for our tribe. We lose it we lose majority going into merge and give them more momentum. We don’t want to have to use the idols to get ourselves in the majority at merge. Also I have never been on a winning tribe before so it’s crucial for me. Andrew I’m liking more and more. I don’t think Luke quite deserves to be in the final 5. He doesn’t communicate. He does challenges without consulting with the tribe.so I’m more and more leaning towards using my idol at 6 to get him out and keep Andrew. Then the next vote idk. Just thinking out loud. Still unsure of how heeral will vote at 5. If I don’t get reassurance that she will keep me and Jess at 5 then I have to make some moves. ALTHOUGH we have to win the next two challenges first. Hope the luck is on our side.

GEROME,

This is a surprise. I guess I dont want an Invisibrett edit in the blogs so starting now, I’ll start doing confessionals.
This round is really depressing, Im not good at text twist and my tribemates are not working well either. (If Umut is still here, we might have a better outcome). We were defeated by Land via landslide..
so much for the challenge and let’s head to my TC vote.

For a very long time.. Me and Angie are strategizing how to weaken the trio of Raz, Ohio and Vincent.
Raz, Ohio and Vincent are my good friends. But I must take a definite side to last longer in this game. and I think those 3 are tight so I will stick to my original alliance back from the 1st TC.
But now we are 4. Me, Angie,Renee and the latest addition to our mighty alliance (drumrolls…) Mark. Mark joined our alliance back from the day that Brian was voted out. We agreed cause it will be tragic for us if he joins Raz alliance.
We decided to vote Ohio cause Raz said that he has an idol and Ohio is the safest vote.

MACNEIL,

You know how people say to eat and drink healthy if you want to run for a freakishly long time? I finally got it today lol. The first kilometres of my half marathon were spent burning the wine and popcorn. Mmm what’s the point of telling you this? Well my mind is far from the game and I am happy to be sat out. Oh look! Encryption! The one that umut did for you guys? Haha. Hahahhaa sorry. I can’t help it. I hope paranormal activity 4 is good when I see it tonight.

I love how one vote changes everything in the tribe dynamics lol. Vincent says that Razvan has the idol and that he will try to get the rogue idol to give to me. He apologizes for the Umut vote and says he’s valuable pre-merge and post-merge. He said he wanted to work with me because I’m easy going and stuff like that. What he doesn’t know is that I saw his message history with Renee when he was voting out Umut. He said “we wanted to vote for MacNeil first but since she has immunity, we’re voting out the captain. She has this charm and she has a way of charming people and I don’t like that.” It was something along those lines but all in all, Vincent fears my social game. I find it interesting that he wants me to be on his side, but he hasn’t offered any deals like Final xyz. Sorry, he burned his bridges in the Umut vote.

Razvan says that he’d love to work with me and that he knows nothing about an idol. Please become a better liar Razvan lol. As if Brian would tell Vincent that he had the idol and Vincent just said nothing to Razvan. How do you know when people are in a tight alliance? When they say pretty much the same thing to you at about the same time. Both guys have decided to work with me at the same time when they realize they’re in trouble. Fancy that. Razvan burned his bridges with me LONG before we decided to join Supacoowacky Land. It could be coincidence that they just both feel in trouble at the same time, but for them to say the same thing? Sounds like a discussion was had.

Angie H will never vote them out. So, while she doesn’t seem like as much of a threat because she is not sneaky and probably doesn’t have an idol, it’s dangerous to take her to the merge. If we blindside her, Vincent and Razvan wouldn’t see it coming since they are both like “blah blah, don’t vote me out.” lol

It’s important for me to remind Renee and Gerome where they stand with me as top allies because of Vincent and Razvan’s scrambling. They could think “well, MacNeil hasn’t talked about our alliance lately or shared game information in a while….maybe she’s changed her mind and stuff.” They probably don’t think that, but I will remind them just to be safe. I don’t believe Vincent and Razvan’s sweet nothings but someone else could.

Um, so the challenge is encryption and it’s the challenge that Umut pretty much did for us and yea lol. If we lose this challenge, it’s the perfect time to say “if Umut was here…” I probably won’t but I will nominate that move at the next awards for dumbest move.

I retract my comment about Beavis and Butthead. I was frustrated that I was talking to a wall. There. It’s documented.

mmm I hope we go to tc next 😀 I want some havoc to be created!

I have a question while you’re online!

I’ve been pondering about my item, which I’ll make a video about it tonight hehe

we’re in the final 13

if I survive this round in the event that upsa goes to tc, I’m in the final 12

and I can let you know if I want a jury of 7 or 9

when I make that decision, am I also choosing the merge?

or do we merge at 11?

hehee this is fun! I’m making a video about it! The paragraphs just don’t do it justice! hehe

..are we allowed to change sit outs? or we passed that deadline over the weekend?

that’s what I thought. I thought there would be no harm in asking though 🙂

ahhh new challenge! yay! Hopefully I don’t sit out of this one because it was so hard sitting out of the encryptions!! I’m crazy active and crazy ready to bring Land down! I’m talkin downtown!!! weee!!!!

hehe darn it 😛

I think whenever Umut and Razvan have their little smack talks, I’m going to post gangnam style. I mean, all you hear is
“blah blah blah go Umut!”
“Did you find an idol Razvan? You need good luck”
“lalalal haraaaaa a a a Umut!!”
And then you put in gangnam style and it settles everything. I bet they stop and dance 😀

Actual conversation I had today:
Razvan: Angie!!! You are not telling me everything! If you are not telling me everything, that means that you are against me!! ahhhhhhhhhh *picturing Romanian dude going wild*

Angie: Razvan, I have told you everything I know about this game. I told you all my worries, I told you about Brian and the idol, I asked you if you had the idol, I thanked you for saving me last round. Frig. Wait!! I didn’t tell you this about the game! When I skyped with Umut, he did the lawnmower!!!!

Razvan: I don’t care about his stupid dances!!!

LOL

Razvan has just told me he has the real idol. I love it when people who trust me and who I’m against tell me stuff like this. Now I can predict what he’s going to do with the idol in the event that we go to another tc. I’m not going to tell my alliance (or any viewers..although Umut is dying to know everything while drinking pina coladas) because it could bounce back to Razvan and he wouldn’t trust me.

So, I’m going to sit there being all sweet and go hehehehhee until it’s time to be the hitman again. Scratch what I said in my video confessional. Of course I’m a villain. I think I’m the worse kind because people don’t expect it even when they’ve seen me be villainous in previous games.

boooo we lost! lol Truth be told, I like tribal councils. There’s that rush of:
-is it me?
-I get to answer a question!
-are we blindsiding someone
-are we flushing an idol?

I think the consensus is Angie H for the vote but I’m not going to vote until everyone else votes and says it’s their final answer a la Who Wants to be a Millionaire. Usually I have more to say since it’s tc time but I think I said everything in my previous posts. I’m writing a novel of confessionals and I have no idea how you’re editing this lol. I’ll try to make more videos.

Voting out really really good friends sucks hardcore. I feel so s—ty today. It’s even worse when you have to blindside them :S Angie messaged me all happy this morning and it just hurts. It’s the right thing to do though. s—ttttty

Renee is skyping with Vincent. Mmmm I don’t really like that. Skype to me sounds like a tight alliance and I know that Vincent has been working on her since the Umut vote. I struggle with votes whereas the person did nothing to me (like Angie) but I don’t think twice about voting for people who did stuff to me (Vincent). Please vote Vincent out with us Renee lol. If she’s dead set on Angie, I may have to say to Mark and Gerome that we’re voting for Vincent and us three would have the numbers to vote him out. I don’t like that he’s shooting for a rogue idol when he hasn’t offered me any deals and has lied to me like crazy. He also has a mutiny trigger and a tight alliance with Razvan.
oh la la
Vincent, you are hot but you’re getting voted out if I can help it 😛

MARK,

Confessionals:

It’s been a while I know. I’ll try to catch up as best I can, going back to that silly ‘ask for immunity challenge’. Hopefully you can just slot it into the archive.

Episode 3:

So we agree in camp collectively NOT to request immunity. It’s final. No further discussion. All agreed! Hope Land requests and that’s that.

Well… no. Suddenly word leaks that Raz is paranoid about Angie M or Gerome or SOMEBODY requesting it and the next vote becoming that much harder. He says he’s requesting and orders everyone else in the 5 person alliance of myself, Brian, Angie O, and Vincent to do the same.

I think this is B.S., the absolute kind of drama some producer like Logan wants to see when he puts these Big Brother like temptations into our hands. But… knowing full well that if 7 request and I do not, I go by default at the next tribal council. I request if only to stay in the bleeding game.

Results come up, and it seems we all lied and requested it. Bloody hell. Raz certainly f—ed this one up.

So then the talk is to vote Angie M out. Myself and Brian go along with it. But I choose to defy the ‘standing orders’ and talk to Angie a bit about what she thinks is going on.

She lays it all out to me, that Razvan and Angie Ohio are basically siblings and will never vote for each other. This by itself isn’t a concern to me since in have the same deal with Brian. Vincent I still trust more than MacNeil since I still can’t get past that first ‘order’ from MacNeil, to vote for Raz but to say that it’s Brian. She also says that Vincent is in a 3 person alliance with Raz and Ohio, and will never break it. Vince has been talking to me and Brian like we’re in a 3 person pact of our own, so I have problems believing it.

At the same time, I’m hating the way Raz is playing. Starting the whole ‘request the idol’ bandwagon and blowing our one person advantage over Land. I suggest to Vince and Brian that we may need to consider blind siding Raz at some point.

I want to believe MacNiel, I really do, but I honestly do not trust anyone. I get the clear impression that EVERYONE here but me knows each other from past ORGs, and I am just being used as a pawn in everyone else’s lasting battles. It sickens me, and it’s not a game I want to play. The Umut vote was just residue from some other game. This Angie M vote feels like much the same.

Suddenly before the vote, Raz tells us that he’s told Angie M, Gerome and Renee to vote Brian. WTF?! Raz says it’s so he knows how everyone is voting. We uh, never agreed to this. Brian is especially miffed since it clearly puts all the power into Raz’s hands if he wants to blindside. It makes me want to bump off Raz even more seeing him make these decisions unilaterally. Reluctantly, with other votes having already been sealed, I vote for MacNiel not liking where it’s going.

Episode 4:

So Brian was blindsided, I was kept out of the loop, and I voted for the ‘wrong’ person. I basically suck at Survivor.

I suspect immediately that it was because Brian had the hidden immunity idol from penalty requests, but after Brian sends me the now useless idol message, I realize just how f—ing easy it is to plant a fake one. (Seriously… the HOST is helping to supply the fake idol?!) More likely, based on what MacNiel was saying, I now figure that everything I told Vincent in private, Vincent fed to Raz. Raz heard that the two of us (myself and Brian) were feeling uneasy with Raz’s ‘leadership’ and decided to blindside.

I don’t get this style of game. It’s so early, and now Raz has betrayed pretty much everyone but Vince and Ohio in this tribe. The only reason I DID vote MacNiel really was because I didn’t want to be that guy who two votes in has betrayed just about everyone but his closest ally at least once. Now I know Raz is a lying schemer. Thanks a lot for nothing after myself and Brian SAVED your ass Raz.

Worse, my relationship with MacNeil is shattered since she KNOWS I voted for her. With no alliance left, Vincent telling me some bulls— about how ‘this vote will bring this tribe together’ (clearly meant to be read ‘you’re next’) I do the only thing a desperate Survivor must do, try to unite the bottom dwellers of the tribe.

I apologize profusely to MacNiel, and use a tool I didn’t think would be so useful in Survivor, I just tell her EVERYTHING. The absolute truth. Why I did it… why I didn’t trust her, why I trusted Vince and Raz, the Umut vote, etc. etc. I could tell from Renee that there was angst from MacNiel and Renee’s side against Raz and they WANTED my support in that last vote but like an idiot I ignored it.

Pledging that I am now telling the complete truth (and to be clear, every single word I spoke to her was the absolute truth) I offer my services to a new 4 person alliance of myself, MacNiel, Gerome and Renee. Thankfully, we all agree! Maybe Gerome or Renee are lying but I seriously doubt that. The Raz 3 person pact is far too tight for anyone to penetrate or have any advantage riding alongside of.

I hope MacNiel forgives me for that vote, and I think she has. It helps that I did just lay it all out for her.

The other thing we’re concerned about is that if the idol Brian had was a fake, that may mean Raz could already have the genuine idol, so now we have to contend with that for the next vote when and if it ever happens. For the time being, MacNeil is telling Raz she’s upset with me over the last vote. I already know I’m the next target of Raz. Tellingly, Raz and the other aren’t even talking to me. I don’t know what kind of B.S. Survivor strategy this is from them, but if they think next vote I’ll just do whatever they tell me, I’ll just go along with.

Our alternate plan we’re considering is for me to angrily tell Vincent in private that ‘since the idol left with Brian, I can just tell you now I’ve got 4 votes and we’re doing Raz tonight. Vote with us please.’ Knowing full well he’ll leak it to Raz, to which Raz will then take as a signal to play the idol for himself. The 4 of us then vote Ohio instead flushing the idol and breaking up Raz’s alliance.

As of episode 5, there’s been no movement on this front on account of the lack of a vote. I’ll play it by ear when the time comes but this might be the best move to make.

So that’s where I’m at!

Confessional: FINALLY, Raz and Vincent are talking to me in private, after almost two full rounds of silence. I’ve worked my ass off in the challenges and I’ve spoken in group to them, but nothing in private.

Suddenly now that there’s a vote again, Vince starts telling me ‘oh I had nothing to do with the decision to boot Brian’. I keep hearing the Joker’s voice in my head as I read it, ‘I didn’t rig those charges.’ He’s playing some kind of guilt card but I’m onto him. I know he feeds everything I say in private to Raz, just like I now feed it to my alliance of 4.

Raz is very similar. Telling me I’m a good player, that Brian wasn’t… I’m still pretty certain he isn’t telling me the REAL reason Brian was booted. I may never know for sure until I watch (read?) the episodes.

So now the plan is for Vince to be told by MacNeil that the vote is Raz, and then we vote Ohio. Raz plays idol on himself, or if he follows a whim, Vincent. If he plays it on Ohio, I haven’t a clue how to vote in follow up. I just hope those rogue votes don’t suddenly scatter in 3 directions. I’d hate to deal with that kind of mess next round. I swear this game has too many twists. Back in MY ORG days, we had no facebook, no smartphones, no hidden idols, just MSN messenger!

I’m just glad though that I could recover after that last blindside! Raz is playing too aggressive a game. MacNeil knows these people well and she could likely easily win in a jury vote… but I’d be more worried about that if there was a million dollars on the line. (There isn’t… right?)

Okay… I better get back to real life. I expect Raz to try to work some more of the magic he thinks he has before the vote is read.

VINCENT,

im not so good with encryption challenge really i don’t say it’s a bad, lame challenge but i think this challenge sucks coz of the mere fact i’m not good with deciphering stuff and all. but i’ll try tsk tsk

btw i had The Beatles marathon over the weekend it was awesome.

nothing really just sharing. and The Eagles too.

so this is like an online diary rite?

so i get to type everything?

im playing beach volleyball later today and i hope i win. i’m betting like Php300 about $7.00 so it’s really gonna be cool if i win one round, all the more if i win more than one round

im so happy about Veronica too she’s F6 in High School Massacre i really like her.

she’s fiiiine.

for the first time i felt really bad seeing one person from the other tribe go, erm. i mean Matt. he’s a good friend.

but whatev. life goes on. not really good friend we have cool random chat.

right now i don’t know where i am with my tribe. like, i think im in the outs AND i may or may not use the trigger soon.

im bargaining the rogue idol vote and yada yada yada to Angie

throwing Raz off again, not a good choice.

erm. blindsinding someone again, not a good choice but i have to do it. he came up with the decsion to rid Brian.

now everyone thinks im the culprit of removing Brian from the game, ofcourse, except Renee

like, DOOOD BRIAN, I DON’T CARE WTF YOU THINK ABOUT ME AND YOUR BFF MARK I TOLD YOU GUYS TO TELL RAZ BOUT THE IDOL (EVEN THO IZ FAKE) SO THAT HE CAN TRUST YOU MORE

im never going to reach the merge (but i hope i do)

im just too expendable.

TRIBAL COUNCIL #6

(ANGIE)-(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(MARK)-(RAZ VAN)-(RENEE)-(mtVINCENTmt)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)

You MUST answer your TC questions for your vote to count.

ANGIE,

1. And here we are at Tribal Council. Land has slight numbers advantage. . .Upsa has slight numbers advantage. . .you guys get it back. . .then lose. How would this vote be different if you guys had a bigger numbers jump on Land?

I don’t think the vote would be any different no matter the numbers, however it goes is how it goes, it could even be me for all i know.

2. Obligatory question about the penalty idol. It’s never been made explicit that it has impacted the outcome of challenges thus far. Do you think behind the scenes that it has?

I have seen no evidence of the penalty idol affecting us in anyway whatsoever, but that’s just me.

GEROME,

1. It’s your birthday. Even in the online version of Survivor, do you think people will treat you differently in Tribal Council solely because it’s your birthday?

Thanks Logan, yeah it’s my birthday. I really don’t know if this event will have an impact in this game.. This question reminds me of Cochran.. lol. But mine is not a fake one. 😛

2. You seemed to be a major contributor in the previous challenge. Do you think that helps you this Tribal Council knowing that you guys will be even at six with Land, and that a merge in the past four seasons occurs with eleven people?

It’s a group effort, almost everybody did their parts. I really did my best last IC even though I’m kind of busy to work on it. I hope my small contribution will save me from going home.

MACNEIL,

1. You’re in an odd position. On one hand you were sitting out so you can’t be faulted for the loss, but on the other hand you can’t be credited for any contribution. Describe your position heading into Tribal Council.

Yes, it’s tough because I volunteered to sit out on the weekend when I thought the challenge would be posted. It just happened that the challenge got changed to a time that was more convenient for me (weekdays). I hope everyone considers how valuable I am as a team player and am ready to give my all for another Upsa win. That was my only weekend away until February (when I go to the Dominican for a week). It was rough to watch but yet not be able to do anything for the tribe 😦

2. Do you think the nature behind the rogue idol will play into this vote?

About the rogue idol? I haven’t seen any random votes at our tc so I wouldn’t be surprised if there is a random vote tonight as there is only one rogue idol and two penalty idols.

MARK,

1. This has been a very long round. Very long. Do you think if you guys were sent to Tribal Council two days earlier would have made a difference to who would have been voted out? Can the politics change that quickly?

Politics can change on a Canadian dime here. Emotions that were high right after tribal council, have passed days after. I’ve had lots of time to think since the last vote. With all the twists in play it’s really hard to be able to just say for sure ‘I am voting X next’ without considering all the little ramifications.

2. Is there a way to make the politics of this tribe be discussed in a public forum before the votes are read?

Well Lord, I mean Logan, last time Upsa did that, we agreed unanimously to not claim the individual immunity, and then we unanimously went and requested it anyway. Our first vote was 5-4, second was 6-2 and that was a last minute decision I understand. I suppose we could try and discuss it, but the only domain of truth is what names you pull out of the imaginary voting urn. I don’t fault the lies and changing of plans, it’s just part of the game. With all the crazy twists and idols flying everywhere, it’s kinda necessary to play that way I guess.

RAZ VAN,

1. This next immunity challenge seems to be crucial. What will be the strategy of this tribe falls to the dreaded number of five?

I guess if we will go down to 5 then we will either use an idol, if it will publicly appeare, to make that even steven to 5 or someone will try flipp which is suicidal maneuver!

2. Is there a leader on this tribe? If so, who is it?

I’d like to add: the needs of this tribe are obvy and all the future has been written already! We don’t need a leader cus we’re all growen up and about the strategy in case of 5 Upsas: fight together or die alone!

RENEE,

1. What do you think was the criteria that sent Brian out of the group last round?

I think it was sort of random chance that sent him out of the game.

2. What will be the criteria that sends somebody out of the group this round? And why the change?

The dynamics of this game are constantly changing. I also had a seriously rough time participating in this last challenge because I had A LOT happening at home. But I hope I have proven in all the other challenges I worked my butt off to help the tribe win. I think people are also looking toward a merge soon so that could change the criteria. I just want to play so I hope it’s not me!

VINCENT,

1. Are there players on this tribe who you didn’t trust in the early rounds of this game but that you trust now?

Trust is essential in the game and it is not given, it is earned. I have learned to talk and be comfortable to a couple of people, yes.

2. Do you foresee a situation where the Mutiny Trigger is used prior to the merge?

It can be used anytime before the merge and i was tempted to use it gazillion times – but what for? To run away? I don’t think so. I think I have chosen to stay with my own people in good times and in bad. ;)))

When you vote, please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: {!@#$% ^&*$()%@ -+[(\= LOGAN FREAKING SUCKS}

REASON: Your obsession with encryptions clearly got the best of you. What the f— were you thinking? Haven’t you learned your lesson? Hire a f—ing Dream Team next round. By the way, half the players fell asleep by how much this round was drawn out. Who are you trying to be? Andrew Park? Asking players to spam ‘like’ this page posts would have been much better and quicker.

Alright. Between now and 600pm eastern Thursday, it is time to vote. Upsa tribe, you’re up. . .sa.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

ANGIE,

Vote: (Renee) Reason: We decided as a group that it was best for us

GEROME,

My Vote: Angie Ohio Hancock.. I love you angie.. but i must take a definite side now. It was really nice having you as a tribemate.

MACNEIL,

My vote is for ANGIE HANCOCK
I really love you as a person. I think you are honest, sweet, and funny and you’re a breath of fresh air in these games. I think that a brother and sister relationship is a wonderful thing to have and I’m glad you have that with Razvan.
The problem is that you are aligned with two guys that I want to vote out very badly (I’ve been wanting to vote Razvan out since February) and you will choose them over me in a regular vote or in a jury vote if by some hilarious fluke I end up at the end with one of them.
I remember asking you why you voted for Razvan to win in Solomon Islands when you knew how much I worked in that game to protect you guys. You even called me a mastermind and a strong player. You told me that your vote had nothing to do with the game. That stayed with me, not because I lost that game but because of where I stand in a game with you when Razvan is concerned.

I’m sorry

MARK,

Voting time!

Angie Ohio

Never really got to know you. You clung to Raz so much and didn’t even really want to talk to me. What kind of a Survivor game is that? I actually respect the f*** out of Raz and Vincent because they played me, but you kind of did the least amount of the work.

Oh and Brian *looking at camera* … that’s 1 out of 3 down!

RAZ VAN,

i write RENEE’s name down

reason: we are getting closer and closer to the merge and we disperately need to win next one challenge! I woulda take u as weaker player beyound the merge instead of stronger Mark but we need his strenght to make it even steven to six! So far hardest vote after voting out BROTHER Umut!

RENEE,

VOTE: Angie OHIO Hancock

Because my alliance of Angie Macniel and I and Gerome & Mark have all agreed that voting out ohio who is loyal to raz is the best option. We are hoping Raz will play his idol and flush it out of the game

VINCENT,

Raz. I’m voting for Raz. ^^

His time to go. Just to make MacNeil trust me she said she’ll vote for Raz but sources said she voted for Ohio or me. Who knows. Raz. Kinda hard to deal too. Haha

But we’re cool and he’s my friend.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

If anybody has played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
Okay. Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(RENEE’s)
.
.
.
One vote Renee.
.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Angie OHIO Hancock)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote Angie, one vote Renee.
.
.
.
.
THIRD VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(ANGIE HANCOCK)
.
.
.
Two votes Angie, one vote Renee.
.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Renee)
.
.
.
We’re tied again. Two votes Angie, two votes Renee.
.
.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
(Raz.)
.
.
.
We’re still tied. Two votes Angie, two votes Renee, and one vote for Raz.
.
.
.
.
SIXTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
(Angie Ohio)
.
.
.
Three votes Angie, two votes Renee, and one vote Raz. One vote left.
.
.
.
.
.
LAST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sixth person voted out of SCWL 4:
.
.
.
.
(ANGIE HANCOCK)
.
Angie, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXXXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

ANGIE: I don’t care guys, i needed to go anyway.

RAZ: Guys! U shouldn’t’ve done that! U just brought back to life a wild animal on your camp! Prepare your nervs!

ME: Well if anything came out of this round it is that this tribe continues to be divided. The question is if you can work together as a merge looms.

ANGIE EXIT INTERVIEW

Over two weeks since you were voted out. Pardon the delay in this exit interview. But can you answer these questions as an act of forgiveness? Pwease?

1. So. . .I have a tough time figuring out what to ask you. You were the quietest player all season in terms of confessionals and you were never at the centre of conflict strategically. So it’s probably the best place to start. Do you think you come off as a quiet player strategically?

Yes, i am rather quiet until i get to know people, but sometimes laying low gets you farther than trying to run things.

2. Yet you did post at camp frequently and played hard in challenges. Do you think you do well challenge-wise and camp-wise, but maybe struggled a bit to make yourself known socially or strategically?

It depends on the challenge how well i do and if i am around people i know i am fine, but with people i don’t know i don’t say much until they do so that is a prob for me.

3. What do you think is the biggest thing that people will misunderstand regarding your game?

Prob since i don’t talk they prob think that i don’t want to.

4. I know you’ve played a few ORGs. Is there anything that went on which made you play differently from other ORGs?

No, i play them how i want to.

5. What surprised you the most about this ORG in general?

I was surprised to get everyone that i wanted in my tribe, that worked out well at the beginning anyway.

6. There was a plethora of pre-game alliances on your tribe. Did these relationships affect the alliances you would make?

We pretty much knew who we were alligning with, but things just happen the way they do.

7. Why do you think you were voted off?

Prob because i wasn’t the greatest in challenges and others thought it would better their game if i was gone, but i think there is only two Upsas left so we will see how that goes.

8. Do you wish you would have picked somebody else in the tribal pick ’em?

No, i was fine with the choices.

9. Which person do you regret allying with the most?

I have no regrets about alligning with anyone.

10. You managed to be in the majority for the first two votes then you were ousted. How come there was no stable majority on the Upsa tribe?

I guess everyone was thinking of theirself and how to further their game, i don’t really know.

11. There was some speculation about your relationship with Raz. Any comment on how tight that pairing was or if people didn’t have the right perspective on it?

Raz and i are very close, like a bro/sis relationship which is what we call each other.He just means a lot to me.

12. If you and Raz were really tight, is there anything you could have done to cover it up a bit better? To make it more secretive?

We never even discussed that and most of our tribe knew it anyway so there really was nothing to hide.

13. Do you think Raz’s attitude or antics during the game contributed to your elimination? Did you ever try talking to him to tone it down to improve your position in this game?

I do not blame Raz for my outing and i would never tell him what he can and can’t do in a game, that is up to him.

14. What did you make of the whole situation where everyone requested individual immunity on Upsa while nobody requested individual immunity on Land?

It was just strategy on our part and i can’t say for the other tribe.

15. Who did you think would be voted out next? Who did you want to be voted out next? Who did you think would win? Who did you want to win?

I have no idea who will be voted out next and it doesn’t matter to me who is voted next or even who wins because all of my favs are already out.

16. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

Thanks for letting me play your game, it was fun for me at the beginning

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

Okay. I’ve done one round of being daring with my power rankings for the Upsa tribe. Now back to normal with them though I am going to be a bit daring and make the prediction that they are going to lose again.

1. Ryan Huckla (Land)
2. Heeral Desai (Land)
3. Luke Everitt (Land)
4. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
5. Clayton Spivey (Land)
6. Renee Higley (Upsa)
7. Jessica Nicole (Land)
8. Angie Hancock (Upsa)
9. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
10. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)
11. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
12. Mark Kalzar (Upsa)
13. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)

Pick to Win – Ryan Huckla

BRIAN

Why am I still doing this…I have lost all knowledge of who is on what tribe, and I dont care.

1. Angie MacNeil – my pick to win
2. RAZ VAN DAN –
3. Angie Hancock
4. Heeral
5. Renee H.
6. Kalzer
7. Clayton S.
8. Vincent
9. Jessica
10. Luke
11. Ryan
12. Gerome
13. Andrew

MY PREDICTED BOOT LIST

12: Heeral

11: Clayton

10: Jessica

9: Mark

8: Renee

7: Gerome

6: Vincent

5: Raz

4: Luke

3: MacNeil

2: Ryan

1: Andrew

4.7 SCWL 4 Episode 7

October 27 2012 – October 30 2012

“Name One Person Who Will Be Voted Out. Survey Says. . .”

Heeral’s Merge Dilemma: Choose not to merge after Land unanimously tells Heeral to keep the tribes.

MacNeil’s Jury Decision: Keeps the tradition of nine-person juries.

Immunity Challenge VI: Tribal Feud

Winners: Land with 335 points.

Voted Out: Raz

Vote Count: 4-1-1 (Gerome-Mark)

Is This the First Idol Blindside Pre-Merge: Mmhmmm.

ROUND SEVEN BLOG

AFTERMATH

Upsa has a plan. MacNeil is preparing for another immunity loss, and has her sights on Raz. Everyone else in the tribe is willing to follow suit and take out Raz. Would you want Raz with you entering a merge? I think Upsa was banking on an eleven person merge. A 6-6 merge would likely mean that Raz jumps ship, leaving MacNeil assuming she can bring over Ryan. And with Vincent’s constant paranoia, who knows where his loyalty lies.

THEN THE TWISTS

MacNeil and Heeral have 24 hours to make their respective decisions. MacNeil has to choose her jury size which has implications for whoever ends up in the Final Two, and Heeral is told to merge right away with an unannounced twist down the road or keep the tribes the same.

WHOSE ITEM = MORE POWER?

It’s something I debated with myself all pre-season. Does 3rd place in the opening challenge decide jury size or the power to merge at twelve?

Jury size could be the difference between winning and losing.

Merging at twelve or merging at eleven could merely delay the inevitable in what could happen. I’m used to tribes being 8-3 or 7-4 at about this point, so I thought all it would do is keep a screwed over tribe in the same position. I would’ve never predicted three immunity wins apiece in the first six rounds. Tribal immunity challenges are never about equally shared wealth. Tribal domination is prevalent in about 80% of all Survivor ORGs. Even the Survivor version on American television has a thirteen season gap between even numbered merges.

So this is the one situation where Heeral’s 4th place reward was the trump card.

THE DECISION

Jury stays with the traditional nine members for the fifth season in a row. And Heeral. . .

.

.

.

Doesn’t merge. It seemed like all twelve players didn’t want to merge. There’s some magic to merging with eleven. Unless we don’t merge with eleleven either. Of course the tribe that wins this round will no doubt unanimously vote to merge next round. Unless Upsa wins the challenge. Then they may want to stay in tribes until Raz is gone.

IT’S TIME TO PLAY THE FEUD!

Again, another challenge that was supposed to be used last season but cut due to the quit and voting to merge with eleven people last season. There wasn’t any room for this challenge on this season’s catalogue.

So here it is serving as the most critical pre-merge challenge of the game. There was one major wrinkle to the challenge I should mention. If it was traditional Family Feud format, the challenge would need to be live.

Why?

Because the dang answers are Google-able. So you know what I had to do with each survey? Make it where teams had to guess the categories, and find synonyms for some of the words until it wouldn’t pop in a Google engine. That took several hours. Halfway through I wanted to say “eh, good enough,” but the idea of Google search dictating the results of potentially the most important challenge of the season was a nightmare waiting to happen.

Overall, I think the challenge played out in a fair way. I approved any “question” that didn’t change the meaning of the original question to where different answers could be opened up, and only rejected the ones that deviated too much. No matter who lost would be very unhappy with the outcome. . .oh wait, I mean if Land lost they would be unhappy with the outcome.

MARK VS CLAYTON

Mark is the only person on Upsa who didn’t want to lose that challenge, from my perspective. Clayton absolutely hated the idea of a win for his tribe being discredited and immediately attacked Mark. I am sure the other ten players were very happy when this own tribal feud broke out. Mark and Clayton will vote each other the first round of the merge and put themselves into Ponderosa early.

I thought they’d be two of the next three out. After Raz, that is.

THE SIXTH MAN

Yeah, I named the heading after one of my favourite movies in the third grade. The Sixth Man. It’s on YouTube if you have a strong desire to see it. Don’t expect anything great.

Land has their core of five but yet all five think they have the sixth man. . .Andrew. Luke thinks he has Andrew. Heeral thinks she has Andrew. Ryan thinks he has Andrew. Clayton thinks he has Andrew. Jessica thinks Clayton has Andrew. Meanwhile, Andrew KNOWS he has everyone.

Andrew has all of the power in the world next round. He is in the majority and everyone wants to take him into the inner circle of their alliances. Unless Andrew commits social suicide, he is a lock for Final Four, and a prime candidate to win this game.

UPSA IN SHAMBLES

A tribe in this series has never fallen to five members after having the numbers advantage pre-merge. Because everyone compared notes on penalty idol requests, everyone assumed Brian had the idol and went home with it in his pocket. But thanks to a miscommunication and an error by me, everyone is blindsided by the fact Raz has the idol.

That wasn’t supposed to be in the script.

Nobody is aware an idol is being flushed because it seems straight up impossible. Out of a sign of trust, MacNeil is letting Vincent take the rogue idol (which Clayton already has), and everyone else will vote Raz. There you go, Vincent. No need to be paranoid as everyone volunteers for you to not only possess a Mutiny Trigger but also a hidden immunity idol.

I don’t know what else MacNeil could have done to appease Vincent at this point. Besides, Renee and Vincent should be very tight.

Raz should be dead. But he has the idol. He was blindsided last round due to his partner’s exit. And he performed the worst in the immunity challenge. Strategically, socially, and “physically”, Raz is the number one candidate on all counts to be kicked out.

How could he not play the idol?

MACNEIL CONSIDERS VOTING MARK

MacNeil votes Mark and Raz about twenty times each. Okay, Mark a couple times and Raz about six times. I think MacNeil screen capped her Mark vote and sent it to Raz, but I could be wrong with that theory. Why else would Raz feel safe enough to not play his idol? Although MacNeil was promoting the belief that Mark was an unknown and wishy washy.

MARK IS WISHY WASHY

Really? Because the guy announces publicly whenever he is displeased with me and with others. He was much more open than virtually all other players in the entire cast. I think any unknowns surrounding Mark on Opening Day was erased by round seven. It’s been a month. Meanwhile other players like Andrew, Luke, and Ryan were all relative mysteries to me.

RAZ IS BLINDSIDED. . .AGAIN. . .FOR THE SECOND ROUND IN A ROW

After blocking a bunch of players, and standing by voting for Mark, Raz does not play his idol. He said something about expecting a vote split, but I never found out what he meant by that.

What would have happened if Raz played his idol? Well, Vincent would be immune because he voted Gerome. So that leaves Gerome, MacNeil, Renee, and Mark. Bye bye, Mark.

But seriously. . .Why didn’t Raz play his idol? I don’t know if Raz was feeling lucky, but this is only the second time in the history of the series where someone is blindsided with the idol.

You’re no longer alone, Eamon.

Suddenly Upsa is down to five members. And in the miracle of all miracles, Upsa may have a tight tribe for the first time since the beginning of the game. They’ll need that against a group of six who feel  the power of the majority starting to get to their heads.

NOW WHAT?

Next round everyone votes on the merge. Seeing how every merge vote is usually 8-3 or greater, we should expect two tribes becoming one. In a game where plenty of deals have been made, I’m not buying that one tribe sticks with each other from beginning to end. I don’t see it happening this season.

Now that we have our jury, this is the part where I say a little something about each player remaining.

MARK

Clayton will no doubt be coming after you. Seeing how you haven’t played an ORG since the eGame Central days, you’ll have a tough time in individual immunity challenges. Land will stick together long enough to get you out. You don’t have any deals with Land to protect yourself for that first crucial vote.

VINCENT

I sense you will self-destruct. This paranoia may cause you to flip, but everyone won’t know where they stand with you and unanimously agree to kick you out of the game. However, I expect tribal lines to be gone once this happens. Everyone will be on the same page.

CLAYTON

Heeral will lead a successful coup against you. Everyone knows you have the idol, and by proxy two idols, so everyone will be doing their best to trick you into safety. You don’t think your Land mates will turn against you so soon, but they will. Your confessional dominance will be handed over to MacNeil.

Maybe next time don’t be so adamant about targeting Mark off of emotion.

JESSICA

You’ll probably waste your idol in the previous round. Land knows they can no longer trust you, and Upsa will do anything to rally the numbers in their favour.

Everyone is likely under the impression that you can’t deviate away from what Clayton has set up for you.

MACNEIL

The round of seven. When everything in a 16 or 18 person season of Survivor switches. The Final Four alliance is locked in and everyone will find you too threatening to be apart of it. Remaining Land folk wish to preserve their lead.

RENEE

I suspect an all-male alliance between Ryan, Andrew, Gerome, and Luke will be formed at this point. It’s an alliance that works out for all of them. You, MacNeil, and Heeral have the three strongest reputations, and thus are the three biggest threats. I think your wiggle room is gone.

HEERAL

See above. Youre reputation is far too strong at this point.

LUKE

A lack of tight bonds and a possible lack of ability in individual challenges may force Ryan and Andre to ditch you in order to guarantee all hands are on deck to kick Gerome out in the Final Immunity Challenge. I predict Gerome has immunity at Final Four, knowing the challenge.

GEROME

A live endurance challenge will be too much pressure. Ryan and Andrew need to make the Final Two to lock in their best odds of winning this game. Your position up to this point has put you in the 2nd to last spot of every alliance that has ever been formed, and in turn puts you in the 2nd to last spot in terms of being a target.

RYAN

You will need to betray too many people who were close to you in your prior alliances. A lack of forgiveness and an underdog story for Andrew will produce a runner-up slot for you.

ANDREW

I dunno. Everyone wants your presence post-merge and I expect you’ll do much more damage than everyone expects. The series needs our second come-from-behind winner. Adam from our prequel seaosn just isn’t enough at this point.

P.S. This reasoning could be completely off. It usually is.

PONDEROSA POSTS STARTING NEXT ROUND

Yep. I’ll post some of the Ponderosa discussions at the end of each round. There’s only one member so it’ll be a rather lonely series of posts.

 

TRIBAL FEUD

It was a short fought battle. But here we are.

Name something in a house that is very difficult to move:
Fridge
Large musical instrument
Sofa
Thing you use to sleep on
Dresser
Television
Oven

Jessica

1st guess: things you hate having to move into a new house

Gerome

1. heavy things that people needs to lift to be moved.
2. Things that people desires to have sex on.
3. Thing that should be carried by 2 or more persons.
4. Things that people usually moves.
5. Things that can’t be lifted by one person.
6. Things where you can sleep upon.

I’ll accept the first guess for both. Both met the criteria for what I was looking for. 50 points to Landinclaw and Upsapuff.

Name a place where you would see lots of flowers:
Shop that sells flowers
Funeral
Place where plants are grown
Marriage ceremony
Park
Church
Greenhouse
Room of a patient in hospital care

Heeral

1. Places you find flowers
2. Places you send flowers
3. Places flowers grow
4. Places you get married
5. Places that have a smell

Renee

Name a place that has flowers on display?
Name a place where you would find greeting cards
Name a place where you would find living foliage or plants
Name a place where people might cry

Both had their first guess meet the criteria. 100 apiece.

Name a place you see more kids than adults:
Grammar School
Park
Carnival
Concert
Swimming Pool
Circus
Movie Theatre
Ice Rink

Mark

1st: Name somewhere kids today should go during the summer.
2nd: Where do you see lots of kids today?
3rd: Name somewhere kids today make too much noise.
4th: Where did kids used to go to but don’t anymore? (Grammar school must have been a sarcastic answer)
5th: Where are teens today most likely to meet their girlfriend/boyfriend?
6th: Name a place where teens flirt.
7th: Name a place a parent would take their children.
8th: Where should kids NOT be bringing cell phones to?
9th: Where did you used to go to as a kid, but no longer go to?
10. Name someplace a paedophile would frequent

Andrew

1. Name somewhere you go for the first time as a child
2. Name somewhere where children spend a lot of time
3. Name somewhere a child would visit regularly
4. Name somewhere where there is an abundance of children
5. Name somewhere parents take their children to
6. Name somewhere where a child is expected to behave themselves
7. Name somewhere where a youngster might have their first date
8. Name somewhere that a child is happy after they’ve left
9. Name a risky place to have sex
10th: What do you wish you went to more as a kid?

The second guess for Mark and the fourth guess for Andrew meet criteria respectively. The score is 145-135 in favour of Upsa. Needed something that emphasized a large amount of children.

What’s the first thing making noise in the morning besides your alarm?
Coffee Machine
Birds/Animals
Kids
Radio
Television
Water from shower
The John
Husband/Wife
Traffic outside

Vincent

1.) Things You Would Miss When Playing Survivor
2.) things that would take time from watchin survivor
3.) things you hear every morning?
4.) wtf i don’t know this s—! things that you want to wake you up when you’re playing survivor?
5.) things that uhm.. i don’t know.. i hate this challenge.. uhmm. things that… wakes you up naturally?
6.) AAAAAAAAAHHHHHH! but yah have to go on on doing this challenge. random stuff that makes your morning a good morning when you’re playing survivor
7.) 😦 i don’t know. this has been the most exasperating challenge i’ve ever played. why in the world would i know what those 100 people would think? :c okay.. no fretting. *sighs* things that make you happy after playing survivor
8.) I FEEL SO FUKKEN DUMB RITE NOW. ;c things that you want to see after sometime being a castaway
9.) *deep sighs* so, stuff that you’d die for right after playing survivor?
10.) YAY I’M SO GLAD ALL THIS GUESSING IS OVER.
stuff you getyour hands to every breakfast?

Luke

Things you hear when you first wake up

Things that wake you up

Things you use as an alarm

Things you wake up to

Things that happen in the morning

Thins you hear while drinking your morning coffee

Things that you hear in bed

Ps can’t think of more

Luke nails it on the first guess. Vincent got it on his third guess. Suddenly we’re tied up at 185.

Tell me something you see in front of schools:
Kids
Crossing Guard
School Buses
Name of School

Macneil

1) Things you would see outside of a school
2) Things you would see before going inside a school
3) Things you would see on your way to school
4) Things you would see facing the front of the school

Ryan

Most Likely (first guess): The first thing you see when you turn up to school?
Second guess: What do you see in a picture of a school?
Third guess: What you can see when driving past a school?
Fourth guess: What can you see standing in front if a school?
Fifth guess: Things you see on the way to school?
Sixth guess: What can you see when you pick up your child from school?
Seventh guess: What you can see dropping your child off at school?
Eighth guess: Things you would see walking past a school?
Ninth guess: What you hear when passing a school?
Least likely (tenth guess): Things you see when flying over a school?

Both get it on their first guess. 235 tied apiece.

And there’s one question left. Let’s see how Clayton and Raz answered. Or rather what they asked. Ugh. It’s like we’re in bizarro Jeopardy! world.

Raz

1. What would u miss the most being castaway in Survivor?
2. What would u apreciate as reward being castaway in Survivor?
3. What is that u would miss while camping?
4. What is that u would give up if castaway in Survivor?
5. What do girls miss while camping?
6. What do female castaway in Survivor miss the most?
7. What would u apreciate different once u get backhome fromSurvivor?
8. What missed in Blue Lagoon to be a complete paradise?
9. What is it that would ruine the Show Survivor if they put it available in camps?

Clayton

1st guess: things you wish you had while camping
2nd guess: things you wish you had on a deserted island
3rd guess:things we take for granted.
4th guess: our most important necessities in life.
5th guess: things other countries consider luxuries.
.
.
.
.
Clearly avoided the Survivor theme while Raz emphasized it. Whose risk paid off?
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
And I’ll let you know penalty idol requests did not sway the outcome of this challenge. So it truly comes down to this final question.
.
.
.
.

What one convenience do you think you’d miss most on a camping trip?
Toilet
Television
Shower
Clean Water
Hair Dryer
Phone

As you can see, Clayton snags it on the first guess. Raz got away from the Survivor theme on the third guess. Land wins this challenge by ten points!
.
.
Land, you win immunity for the second time in a row. The gamble to not merge pays off.

Upsa, that challenge was back and forth the whole time. Unfortunately it did not go your way at the end. Tribal Council this round where I’ll see you in about an hour. One of you will be going home just before the start of the jury phase.

CONFESSIONALS

CLAYTON,

Day Whatever: you have got to be kidding me?!?!? Mark just secured his spot in my eyes as the first f—ing target in the merge. Give me a damn break dude. We win this final pre-merge challenge and they throw a big bitch fit. They knew and understood the challenge. Had no complaints about. Didn’t challenge it. No rules have been added or changed. AND THEN they lose so he tries contest it? If he thinks that grasping at straws that are not there will get u to change the challenge he is a fool. And will try anything.

I mean they understood the nature of the challenge. YOU PICK WHAT IS MOST LIKELY FIRST! Survivor was not most likely! Raz understood the challenge. He even put camping third cause he believed Survivor was more likely! HE KNEW WHAT HE WAS DOING FOOL! We played by the same rules and. Logically deducted that it is probably NOT going to be a question about survivor when supposedly 100 people are surveyed… So my desired response to Mark Kalser? “Shut yo ass up and sit the hell down”

As for my game right now. Because of this dreaded captains twist yet again… I will most likely be the first target. They all assume I have the idol. Thankfully we have enough people to make a majority. And we assume Brian had their penalty idol but we are not banking on it. We can hope it’s true cause then we have 2 idols to their 0. Anyways… I’m now working on Andrew. I don’t trust Luke very much as I have stated prior. I talked to heeral and Jess last night and they think its smart to come clean with Andrew about my idol. I had the same thought coming into the convo and just wanted the approval as to not alienate them… Jury management. Andrew knows I have the idol. So I need to tell him so he feel he can trust me. Who knows if it will work. It cold backfire. BUT we need him voting with us or we are down and out and will have to fight like crazy to get back. Also keeping Andrew close gives me the opportunity to blindside Luke at 6. So I have both Andrew and Jess taking me to the finals and possibly heeral but I wouldn’t bet on it after that stunt. Haha. But I have not set on it yet. That Could go against all I have learned about jury management. I have never got to the end and not won. So It would suck to happen this time… Although I do believe this will be my hardest road yet. I have never been in a tribe of majority coming into merge… MEANING I have never had the numbers where I had to turn on my own people eventually. Coming in down numbers DRASTICALLY like I have allowed my game to be a free chess piece that I could move around freely without betraying any long term trust deals other than the weekly safety deals that we all know are a bunch of bull. Crossing my fingers for the best result

GEROME,

Vincent will vote for me to get that rogue idol which we will use against Land.
We will vote out Raz cause we have no other option. I want our tribe to win this round but unfortunately we lose. Raz is the only one left that is not in our alliance.
It’s actually an easy vote but for me, it’s a hard one.. cause Razvan is my good friend and I really hope we’ll still be friends after this vote 😦
He keeps on telling me that he has an idol and he’s not going to use it. But I’m not a dumb person I know he’s just using that to threaten us.. that’s the last resort he can think of.
Im used to Razvan’s wildness and there’s nothing new on this one. One other factor that made him the target is because he cursed us all last tc. Im not affected at all, but some of my allies got hurt by his words.

JESSICA,

so me clayton and heeral are talking about going to the our merge plans if it comes. we want to make sure our tribe is strong with the “rappers” and with andrew so he doesnt think he is on the outs anymore. So i said lets do this like boston rob, we are going to have the buddy system. Im going to have Ryan as my buddy, Clayton will have Andrew and Heeral is going to work on Andrew. We will make our buddy think they are our number 1. THen hopefully no one will flip. I mean if someone does flip hopefully we can use the two idols on our side will help us. im just worried about the other tribe which is an unknown factor. thats all for now.

so im hoping I can continue to play UTR in this game
the two people i am aligned with heeral and clayton hopefully will act as my shields. i mean i can be a threat if my idol gets out too much. but im trying to stay out of the radar as much as possible.

LUKE,

ok so as you know by now logan i haven’t done a confessional but there is a good reason. I dont feel there is any reason for me to do a confessional unless it looks like im gunna make jury so now i start to spill all my secrets and all the inside goss about the game now that i know there is a 100% chance i am on jury.OK so ill start from the start… from day one i have had 3 alliances ther is the rappers (me,clay,jess,heeral and ryan) then inside that im in an alliance with heeral and ryan to take out clay and jess and remove the idols from the game if they arent gone when we need them to be. then there is me and my good friend HUCK he and i havent always been the best of allies in other games but we got to talking and he and i found that we have alot in common so this alliance works really well for us, we also have a final 2 deal and i tend to believe him.we have a side alliance with andrew to help take out jess and clayton. ok now ive given the scoop on where i stand in the game in regards to alliances ill chat a little more about other things. ok in the challenges i try not to look like the biggest threat so i have let heeral andrew and clay take over for now i have let them lead the group while huck and i have stood back and watched them bust their asses to keep our tribe strong. doing this i think puts less of a target on me to get taken out due to challenge dominance or over playing. now that the merge is ahead im hoping i can use some of the info i know to confuse jess and clay into using thir idols when in actual faact they wont need too. i know brian went out with the upsa idol and for me that info is amazing im hoping the other tribe doesnt know and i also know for a fact clay and jess and heeral all dont know so it helps my game alot alot to know that there is no other idol but i can cause havoc by letting them think there actually is one. ok thats enough for now but ill be sure to get back to you about a few certain other things. ps i know i haven’t spoke about any of the other tribe yet and there is also good reason for that xD but you will have to wait and see

MACNEIL,

I hope that in the future, Razvan and I can discuss games that we are planning on playing so that we never play together again.

Logan, at what point do I decide on the number of jurors? I know it’s in the final 12, but is it anytime during the final 12? Can I decide after the challenge is done?

question answered lol

So, Razvan did not take Angie Hancock being voted out well. At all. Period. He has resorted to swearing and threatening us over an online game.

Nevertheless, Heeral and I have a decision to make and I hope she’s online soon. The best decision is to talk to her about not merging because we would be merging with even numbers with both tribes and chances are that Land will have a numbers advantage as Upsa isn’t united anyways and we will probably lose the next challenge.

I’m leaning towards a jury of 9. The more the better and I want to get on a jury.

My brain is all over the place because of Razvan.

Well, just as I wished, Upsa is at another tc. You know you really can’t stand someone when you WANT your tribe to lose just so you can vote them out lol. It’s time to get rid of the poison of this tribe: Razvan. Had we voted him out first, we would have had a completely different Upsa. If we all unanimously voted him out and kept Umut, there would have been no division and we would have felt that we would be voted out only if we didn’t perform in challenges and not because we’re not in an alliance.
Vincent and Razvan are still working together, and I have to work them. Vincent has the mutiny trigger and he is considering pulling it. We can’t have that now, can we? That’s why I have to make a convincing case to them about voting out Mark instead of one of them. It makes sense for Vincent to not feel safe if Razvan leaves because Vincent would know that he’s next. I have to convince them that they’re both useful to us because they have idols (Razvan has s— but I have to go along with his little game of him having the idol) and that Mark is wishy washy and we don’t know him as well. I think they’ll actually buy it! I don’t understand, but they really shouldn’t trust anything I say after they’ve lied to me and swore at me (just Razvan swore).
We are going to throw all our votes on Razvan and have Razvan vote Mark and Vincent vote Gerome to get the rogue idol. It is time that we rid ourselves of “Colton” or “Shane Powers”, especially before the jury starts. I have great connections with people on Land. I may be naïve about that as they could easily pagong us, but I don’t think they will. Regardless, we will have a rogue idol to mess them up and take out one of their power players: Heeral and Clayton. Clayton has told me that he’s never been on the jury so he has either 1) always made ftc (I’d believe it because he has a great social game) or 2) got booted pre-merge because he was a threat.
Just from observation, the core alliance of Land is: Jessica, Clayton, Heeral, and Andrew and Luke and Ryan are on the outs. I can see it based on how they act towards each other in other facebook groups and the way they were picked. Luke mentioned to me today that a pagonging would be boring and that he will go with anyone he trusts, even if they weren’t from the same tribe. The plot thickens. I can’t wait for merge without that stupid Romanian.

oh man lol
If Razvan is voted out…there is going to be a bomb. BOOM!!!!

I really like Mark by the way. I like how he is very much into strategy and the challenges and knows alot about Survivor. I know I called him Beavis before but I was just frustrated that he wouldn’t listen to me lol. He is not really Beavis and he does seem like a smart guy 😀

Mark! wooo!!!!!!

My vote is for Razvan!!!!

MARK,

Footnote to that TC answer: Because I now believe that Brian had the real idol. Raz has been bluffing. If only Angie and me compared notes earlier. Unless she’s lying about her request in round 2, (which I don’t know why she would) Brian would be the one to have it. He sent me the idol code after being voted out. Him being voted out makes the code useless as an idol, but I may be able to use it as leverage later in the game since it was an genuine code.

Confessional: Raz has blocked me. I don’t know what game he’s playing, but I think it goes along the lines of ‘acting tough’. He’s now s—ting on me in the Tribal Council thread because I’m easy or something. Like he’s accusing me of whoring my vote out. Is he just bitter because I didn’t vote Renee out?

I wish I had gotten that Russell Hantz ‘you will obey me or there’s something wrong with ya’ attitude.

RENEE,

Episode 4 – 7

So as luck would have it Raz decides to blindside Brian at our next TC who just saved him. Why he would do this after gaining the loyalty of mark and brian is beyond comprehesion HOWEVER if it means anyone I’m now alligned with will stay in the game then bye bye brian. Sorry buddy better you than me.

Episode 5

Vincent and I have thus far remained off the radar thanks to tons of stratgizing with AMN convincing her that Ohio and Raz need to be broken up as a pair as they are too dangerous as she will vote anyway he wants her to. My alliance with now Mark Gerome and AMN has given me the numbers but I keep saving Vincent and giving him all the info he needs to stay in the game. I realize at some point I will need to choose between Vincent & AMC as an F2 but have promised them both just that. This is not not a strategy I used in my last game but perhaps leaving my options open just slightly will give me an advantage this time.

I would much rather stay loyal to either one or the other but until the merge there is no telling how either could become useful to make it to finals. Vince is increasing his social game with AMC and finally getting her trust.

Episode 6

We have lost and are face with the idea of blindsiding Raz with his Idol. I am Strategizing with AMN and Vincent simultaneously without them knowing, When AMN suggest Vincent for the vote I immediately remind her of Ohio’s loyalty to Raz and suggest I may have vincent on board with us to vote with us. Vincent thinks he’s going but I convince AMN and gerome to blindside Ohio instead of Vincent because of how closly united they are. Raz wants to vote me out but I’m afraid he doesn’t know who he’s dealing with. He says I am weak in the tribe challenges LOL.she was obviosly his F2 or he wouldn’t be so

upset.

Honestly all these pre-game vendettas are really working in my favor as I just sit back and watch them take eachother out based on previos grudges. I am doing everything I can to make sure everyone thinks they had the ideas that persuaded my vote. And only becuase Vincent is so good at staying under the radar and damage control he is my first choice for F2 if we make it to the merge. AMN is right up there with him as she has such phenomenal social game. I’m torn but save Vincent once again.

Episode 7

Another loss and TC

AMN is doing alot of strategizing with so many people and vince is laying low. we lost this last challenge becuase of Raz and he said I was a weak player LOL.

I just learned that Raz & Vince think they have the real idol.but it was Brian all along. How hilarious would that be. It looks like the targets are either Raz or Mark. As long as it’s not me I’ll be happy 😉

also it looks like Vince may get the rogue idol if no one on Land has claimed it yet on this next vote. Which would be fanstatic coming into the merge.

More Confessionals coming soon

Ready for the merge.

RYAN,

ROUND 6 CONFESSIONAL (I know it’s late for this): Well what can I say I am enjoying this game, but most importantly I am enjoying the position I am in. It was tough losing Matt last round, I would have liked to blindside either Jessica or Clayton but with both of them having idols that could cost me down the road. This win was very important, and I hope with all my heart that we can win the next challenge to. For my game I cannot afford to lose the next challenge. Worst comes to worst and we lose, at least I think I’m safe. I just gotta keep this smile on my face and keep my tongue silver

ROUND 7 CONFESSIONAL- What a beautiful day today, after the challenge results not much could ruin my day. This is just what we needed, now come merge time Land will have the power as long as everybody sticks together. The alliance of 5 I’m in should stick together, and hopefully my influence over Andrew will keep him with me. If there are no more huge game changing twists, I can see myself sitting at the finals more and more…but not as a jury member I hope

VINCENT,

Example: Raz has the HII, and we got to use t the same Tribal

whoever sent the code first got to use it?

or the owner gets to use it?

I hope this is the hidden idol: o

confessional

________________________________

WHY IS ALWAYS ME AND LUKE?!?!

like… uhm… not much really i just wanna know not saying he don’t like him it’s just that i wanna know if it’s always me vs him or random.org just wants me vs luke

so anyway

i’m trying to make Raz and Angie talk.

nothing really.

throw Mark out

so that we can fully maximize the items

OR

me and Raz can mutiny, tell lies to Land and reunite with Upsa people

use the items

blah blah blah

okay gotta go

somehow i feel like im going

when is the results posted?

TRIBAL COUNCIL #7

(GEROME)-(MACNEIL)-(MARK)-(RAZ)-(RENEE)-(mtVINCENTmt)
XXX
(UMUT)-(JASON)-(ANNE)-(BRIAN)-(MATT)-(ANGIE)

You must answer your TC questions for your vote to count.

GEROME,

1. It can’t be a great mood at camp right now. You know there is a very good chance a merge is coming next round. How does an upcoming merge affect this vote?

– There’s a very high chance that we’ll merge next round. It’s important to bring people in the merge that you can really trust and willing to work with you till the end.

2. How will this tribe break up Land if you do merge next round?

-I don’t really know.. maybe anything that can crush land forms.. a jackhammer perhaps?
MACNEIL,

1. The votes always seem split whenever you guys go to Tribal Council. Has this tribe solidified yet or is still fragmented?

1) Yes, it’s a fair observation that in all our tribal councils so far, there have been votes thrown all over the place. In the three previous tribal councils, someone was blindsided. When someone gets blindsided in the tribal phase of the game, there are people left behind in the tribe who are hurt that they were not properly informed of the vote or 2) confused on where they stand in the tribe. I think that has been the general feeling after every vote and everyone in this tribe has felt that way at one time or another in this game. This vote feels quite different as I feel that there is a general consensus on who should be voted out. If there is a general consensus, I am hoping that this finally solidifies Upsa.

2. Have you entertained the idea of voting not to merge next round? Seeing how it could very well be another chance for this tribe to regain the numbers in this battle?

I have entertained the idea of not merging for sure. While our votes get thrown everywhere, we do come close to beating Land as we manage to work very well together in challenges. Even if all 5 of us vote for no merge, everyone in Land could vote for a merge and we’re merged with 5 to 6. That is scary seeing as Land was the tribe who did not take individual immunity the round that we ALL took immunity when we said we weren’t going to.
MARK,

1. Heeral and Macneil had big decisions to make this round. Did their decisions surprise you?

They don’t surprise me. The decision on when the jury starts only matters to whoever sits at that final 2. Since the choice doesn’t exist on the show, I haven’t a clue what the strategy is in it. As for the merge, obviously Land was hoping for the numbers advantage. Well they got it. It’s risky either way, but there’s no ‘right’ choice to make with the tribes even.

2. Are you expecting an idol to be played this round?

Well I’m aware of the threat of an idol. I’ve talked to people about it, and I think I have an idea where it is. As to whether it will be played, my gut says no. I don’t see it coming into play this round.

Raz: *rolls eyes*

MARK: ?

RAZ: are u in the proximity of the idol? Is the power where the idol is? If so are u in the powerfull area or not? Cus seems to me that u always turn to the power as my compass shows north!

RAZ: i play Survivor too but in my opinnion u sell way too cheap buddy!

MARK: I seriously have no idea what you are talking about.

RAZ: and there is no summer like winter is! It’s late here! I will go sleep! See ya tomorrow on one wall or another!
RAZ,

1. What would you have decided if you were Heeral and Macneil?

I woulda decided same as they did already!

2. What is your criteria for the vote this round?

criteria?! As long as it’s a chance for me to survive then i’ll vote out anybody!

Sorry guys for my monosyllabic answers but my heart got cold but i am taking the medicine in good time!

RENEE,

1. Why should this tribe keep you?

Well I totally rocked it out at the last challenge. I’m not causing any drama around camp and I don’t feel like I’ve done anything to cause any distrust in my tribe. I’m am loyal to my Upsa Tribe and they know it.

2. Do you have a bunch of ‘would’ve’s and could’ve’s going through your head now that this tribe is dropping to five members?

No I don’t have any.. I did my best in the last challenge and you just never know what direction the game will take you. if our numbers make us the underdogs going into a merge I just consider that a challenge. Underdogs often fight harder and play harder and anything can happen!

VINCENT,

1. This could possibly be the last round with the Mutiny Trigger in your hand. Why or why not would you choose to use it?

First Question: I was raise an Upsa, I’ll die an Upsa.

2. What is the biggest threat to you at this point in the game?

2nd Question: At this point? Numbers coming in to the merge. Extremely sucks especially when you’re in the minority come merge. :c

Okay. When you vote please do so in the following manner:

VOTE: (Logan)

REASON: Name a host who I wish to bash with a mallet in this precise moment–Logan! Number one answer!

Okay. Everybody is fair game. Between now and 130am eastern Tuesday, it is time to vote. Upsa tribe, you’re up.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTING

GEROME,

My Vote: Razvan.. sorry dude. I wanna work with you when the game started but we ended up on opposite alliance because of the tragic first round. This is a hard vote but we need to vote you out.

MACNEIL,

My vote is for RAZVAN DRAGU
Let’s try this a second time. I think I have covered everything except for one point:
I was not blindly following the dancing maniac Turk in the first vote to vote you out. I have never ridden coattails in any org and I never plan on it. I have a mind of my own. Umut and I talked to Brian, Mark, Gerome, and Renee together to try to get you out. Well, I’d say that I did my best in avenging Umut and getting you out is the final step Adios

  • My vote is for MARK: You’re way too wishy washy to take into a merge situation. I feel that you’re the type of guy to go where the numbers benefit you and you did tell me that you have connections on Land. You wrote my name down once, you can do it again buddy

    I lied. I just had to forward that vote to Razvan so that he really believed I voted for Mark.

    My vote is for RAZVAN DRAGU: I really want you gone!! Final answer!! Razvan is my vote!!!!

    I’m voting Razvan!!!!

    I’m voting Razvan!!!!

    I’m voting Razvann!!!!!

    woooo~!!!!!!

    I’m voting Razvan!!!! yay!!!!!!!

    Who is my vote for? RAZVAN!!!!! YAY!!!!!

    oh man lol
    If Razvan is voted out…there is going to be a bomb. BOOM!!!!

    I really like Mark by the way. I like how he is very much into strategy and the challenges and knows alot about Survivor. I know I called him Beavis before but I was just frustrated that he wouldn’t listen to me lol. He is not really Beavis and he does seem like a smart guy

    Mark! wooo!!!!!!

    My vote is for Razvan!!!!

MARK,

Well despite the fact that I’m sticking up for Raz in the challenge…

My Vote:

Raz!

Raz, I stuck up for you and saved your ass in round one. I will not repeat that mistake.

RAZ VAN DAN,

if what i heard is true and there will be a split vote than my vote will save my ass and that’s why i write Mark on that piece of toilet paper!

RENEE,

VOTE: Raz Van

REASON: he’s a liability going into the merge. He tried to vote me out last TC and he’s not trustworthy. He doesn’t even TRY to strategize with me at all so I have no reason to keep him at this point. Also he’s the reason Umut is gone and this would have been a much better tribe with him in it.

VINCENT,

I’m voting for GeRome. Nothing much really, rogue idol busines.

TRIBAL COUNCIL VOTE REVEAL

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q1BMYT1UbIE

If anybody played a hidden immunity idol, now would be the time I’d reveal it.
.
.
.
.
.
.
VINCENT: o
.
.
Oh? Uh, sorry Vincent. This is not the idol.
.
*into the flames it goes*
.
.
Once the votes are read the decision is final and the person voted out will be removed from the group almost immediately. I’ll read the votes.
.
.
.
.
FIRST VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Mark)
.
.
One vote Mark.
.
.
.
SECOND VOTE:
.
.
.
(GeRome)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote Mark, one vote Gerome.
.
.
.
NEXT VOTE:
.
.
.
.
(Raz!)
.
.
.
We’re tied. One vote each for Gerome, Mark, and Raz.
.
.
.
.
FOURTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
(Razvan..)
.
.
Two votes Raz. One vote each for Gerome and Mark.
.
.
.
.
.
FIFTH VOTE:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Seventh person voted out of SCWL 4:
.
.
(RAZVAN!!!!!)
.
Raz, the tribe has spoken.
.
(XXX)
.
It’s time for you to go.

ME: Another Tribal Council for Upsa. . .another blindside. This tribe is clearly very good at deceiving its own members. However, will this tribe be just as good at deceiving Land if a merge comes?

RAZ VAN DAN EXIT INTERVIEW

I assume you’ve been waiting nearly two weeks for your exit interview. So here it is!

1. You had a strong reputation entering this ORG. How did you use that to your advantage in the early stages of the game?

I dunno what my reputation says about me! Or if i am only a popular guy! I tried to use the fact that they know about me being a loyal player if it’s deserved , that i give my best for the tribe! If they knew it me then that.s an advantage!

2. Initially you voted for Umut to be a captain, and you ended up on his tribe. Did you intend to work with him closely all the way through?

Sadly! We had pre-game alliance cus he asked for it! Yes i thought we’ll work together many rounds and even make the merge together!

3. In the first round, you and at least one other person requested the penalty idol. The question I always have for people who do this is why put your tribe at a disadvantage so early in the game?

I found out that the tribe has been divided by Umut’s mindgames from day 1. My first penalty request was a blocking action! If i don’t have it then no one will!

That was A3

4. So after picking Umut to be your leader. . .you elect to blindside him in a vote that splits the tribe. Why did you think you need to do this so early on in the game?

As i smelled it, Umut was trying to blindside me! I only protected myself! Does it take responding with a blindside? Then so be it!

5. In the second round, you request the penalty idol again. But this time you succeed in obtaining it. You have the idol, but almost cost your tribe another immunity challenge. You could’ve been down two members after two rounds into the game. Did you think Land would be easy enough to break up or were you not concerned with the opposing tribe?

it was a 2birds with one rock move! And it was better as earlier! Get the idol and kick out one those who were gunning for me! Once that obtained, we could move forward and win some challenges!

6. Then comes the fourth round where you attempt to sabotage the tribe again. This time you tell your alliance to all claim individual immunity. Sure enough all of the individual immunities cancel out and your tribe is back to Tribal Council. This time you take the opportunity to blindside Brian, who appeared to be in your alliance. Why volunteer to go to Tribal Council? And why go after Brian who was a crucial swing vote for you in the previous round?

again 2in1 maneuvre! I placed a fake idol discovered by Brian! He keeps quiet, that worries me! Either we get a stupid enough player to not claim or we kick out someone with equal chances at the TC!

7. You or your brother are always in a game with Macneil. Did you treat Macneil differently compared to others who you have never played with before?

*it was more of a coincidence! Actually Andrei and I are playing even less than we used to! I treated some of the players as a friend!

8. After Angie Ohio is voted out, you posed a question about possibly quitting. Did quitting ever enter your mind or was that just out of frustration of Angie’s exit?

*it never crossed my mind quitting! Maybe i just wanted to scare them. Having the owner of the idol quit the game before merge is deff a lose!

9. Angie’s elimination is a bit ironic, actually. For Umut and Brian, those were two blindsides you orchestrated. But then the tide turns against you when Angie is blindsided. Yet that triggered conflict between you and others on the tribe. Why did Angie’s elimination feel so personal to you?

bc i saved the s—ty trio AMN-Gerome-Renee! When i decided to get Brian blindsided and yet they blindsided me by kicking out someone else than we’ve disscused to

10. What is the reason behind why you are so close to Angie? People were coming to me saying you two would be inseparable during the course of the game.

11. It’s 6-6. The Family Feud challenge comes along. . .and your duel with Clayton allows Land to gain the almighty numbers advantage entering the merge. Are you still upset that you let your tribe down over the Family Feud challenge? Knowing your tribe would’ve had the numbers entering the merge?

12. Speaking of which, if your tribe entered the merge with numbers, do you think Upsa would have self-destructed simply due to how divided you guys were? Because there was always a new majority each time you guys went to Tribal Council.

13. What do you think is the reason Upsa was so divided throughout the game?

14. You and Vincent also had a close alliance. Why did you feel close to Vincent as opposed to other players in the game?

15. Now let’s talk about your elimination. Your key ally is gone. You have the hidden immunity idol. . .and you don’t play it. Why did you feel safe from the vote?

16. Or was there another reason why you didn’t play the idol? Because I was shocked that you didn’t end up playing it.

17. If you did play the idol, who do you think would have been voted out instead?

18. If you played the idol, you would’ve made the merge. Do you think you could have manipulated Land and given the advantage to Upsa? Because all you needed was one person to jump.

19. I know you weren’t terribly happy after you were voted out. Have you been able to recover from that or is there still some hurt relationships with the other players?

20. Who did you think was going to be voted out next? Who did you want to be voted out next? Who did you think would win? Who did you want to win?

21. If you have any other thoughts, please share.

On behalf of the production crew for SupaCooWackyLand, we thank you for playing this game!

FANTASY POOL

LISTER

Episode 7 Power Rankings:
1. Angie MacNeil (Upsa)
2. Ryan Huckla (Land)
3. Heeral Desai (Land)
4. Renee Higley (Upsa)
5. Luke Everitt (Land)
6. Gerome Latumbo (Upsa)
7. Clayton Spivey (Land)
8. Jessica Nicole (Land)
9. Mark Kalzar (Upsa)
10. Andrew MacAskill (Land)
11. Vincent Chavarria (Upsa)
12. Razvan Dragu (Upsa)

BRIAN

Week 7… So the one person I’ve ever played with is now gone…but you know I’m not a quitter.

1. Raz
2. Macneil
3. Clayton
4. Heeral
5. Vincent
6. Mark!
7. Jessica
8. Andrew
9. Renee
10. Gerome
11. Ryan
12. Luke

PREDICTED BOOT LIST

11: Mark

10: Vincent

9: Clayton

8: Jessica

7: MacNeil

6: Renee

5: Heeral

4: Luke

3: Gerome

2: Ryan

1: Andrew

Advertisements

Leave a Reply

Fill in your details below or click an icon to log in:

WordPress.com Logo

You are commenting using your WordPress.com account. Log Out / Change )

Twitter picture

You are commenting using your Twitter account. Log Out / Change )

Facebook photo

You are commenting using your Facebook account. Log Out / Change )

Google+ photo

You are commenting using your Google+ account. Log Out / Change )

Connecting to %s